Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to shareholders

Full Year Results11 August 2021DOWIndustrials

Pag e 1 o f 1

12 August 2021



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2021;

2. 2021 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 12 August 2021;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Robert Regan

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Appendix 4E

2021

2020

%

$'m

$'m

change

Revenue from ordinary activities11,530.2 12,669.4

Other income53.9 73.3

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activities11,584.1 12,742.7 (9.1%)

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income 12,234.2 13,417.9 (8.8%)

334.8 (41.3)>100.0%

401.0 30.0 >100.0%

181.6 (150.3) >100.0%

230.0 (105.8) >100.0%

2021

2020

%

cents

cents

change

Basic earnings per share


(i)

25.4

(26.1) >100.0%

Diluted earnings per share

(i) (ii)

24.8

(26.1) >100.0%

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share37.1 (26.3)>100.0%

Dividend20212020

FinalFinal

12.0 -

- -

100%-

26/08/2021-

23/09/2021-

2.88 3.75

Dividend per share (cents)

Franked amount per share (cents)

Conduit foreign income (CFI) (%)

Dividend record date

Dividend payable date

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS

100%100%

ROADS payment dateQuarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY202115/09/202015/12/202015/03/202115/06/2021

Instalment date FY202016/09/201916/12/201916/03/202015/06/2020

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate

media release.

Earnings before interest and tax

Profit / (loss) from ordinary activities after tax before amortisation of

acquired intangible assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible

assets (EBITA)

Profit / (loss) from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of

the parent entity

(i)

Basic and diluted EPS calculation for June 2020 were restated as a result of 106.6 million shares issued from the capital raising as part

of the acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless. Under the entitlement offer, 1 new share for each 5.58 outstanding shares were

issued at a discounted price of $3.75 per share. As a result of the new shares issued, the weighted average number of ordinary shares

(WANOS) to calculate EPS needs to be adjusted by a theoretical ex-rights price (TERP) factor. The adjustment factor of 0.9817 was

utilised to restate the 30 June 2020 WANOS for the basic and diluted EPS calculations.

(ii)

At 30 June 2020, the ROADS were deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at (26.1) cents per share.

Annual
Report2021

This Annual Report includes the
Downer EDI Limited Directors’ Report,

the Annual Financial Report and

Independent Audit Report for the

financial year ended 30 June 2021.

The Annual Report is available

on the Downer website

www.downergroup.com.

The Waratah fleet is the pride

of Sydney’s network, delivering

unprecedented reliability, availability,

safety and comfort.

Downer has delivered a total of

119 Waratah trains for the New

South Wales Government, across

Series 1 and Series 2 trains, making

the combined fleet the largest of

passenger trains in Australia, serving

the largest suburban network.

In 2019, Downer achieved the fastest

rollout of a passenger train fleet

in Australia’s history, delivering

24 world class Waratah Series 2

trains in 31 months. In July 2021,

on the 10th anniversary of the first

Waratah Series 1 train entering

passenger service, the final Series 2

entered passenger service.

Downer is also responsible for

the through-life-support of the

Waratah trains at the purpose-built

Auburn Maintenance Centre.

Downer EDI Limited

CONTENTS
Annual Report 2021

Directors’ Report

Page 4

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 52 Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Page 53 Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements

Page 61 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 65–66

B

Business

performance

Page 67–80

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 81–96

D

Employee

benefits

Page 97–99

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 100–108

F

Group

structure

Page 109–119

G

Other

Page 120–130

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation of

cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined benefit

plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and

financial risk

management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition and

disposals of

businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

F6

Disposal group

held for sale

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Reserves

C8

Lease receivables

E8

Dividends

C9

Other provisions

C10

Contingent liabilities

Page 131 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 132 Sustainability Performance Summary 2021

Page 136 Corporate Governance

Page 146 Information for Investors

Contents

2 Downer EDI Limited
Highlights

Total

Revenue

1

$12,234.2m

Downer’s Urban Services businesses performed well during the 2021 financial year,

demonstrating their strength and resilience during a year of COVID-19 disruption.

Total revenue was lower than the previous year, primarily due to the divestment of

Mining and Laundries businesses, however Downer delivered an increase in earnings,

with improved margins, and a very strong cash performance.

Downer reported a statutory net profit after tax of $183.7 million.

This strong overall performance resulted in the Board declaring a final dividend of

12 cents per share, taking total dividends for the year to 21 cents per share, unfranked.

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income.

2 Underlying EBITA and NPATA are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess the performance of the business. They have been calculated from the statutory

measures by adding back the impact of ISIs net of tax. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Underlying

2


EBITA Margin3.8%

Underlying

2


NPATA$261.2m

HIGHLIGHTS

8.8%

decrease

EBITDA Cash

Conversion92.0%

0.7pp

increase

21.4%

increase

54.9pp

increase

Annual Report 2021 3
HIGHLIGHTS

Downer’s strategy is to focus on its core Urban Services businesses.

These businesses have:

– demonstrated strength and resilience

– leading market positions and attractive

medium and long-term growth opportunities

– a high proportion of government and government-related contracts

– a capital light, services-based business model generating lower risk,

more predictable revenues and cash flows.

Transport

Divested

Road Services

Rail and Transit Systems

Projects

Mining

Laundries (Facilities)

Downer brand guidelines Section: 02

33

Section: 01Section: 02Section: 03

Contents Introduction Brandmark Tool kit Photography Contact

Icon set

We have a series of icons in our tool kit which can be used

across different applications to add interest to the overall brand.

These can be downloaded from the ‘Our Brand’ section of

iDowner. The icons are coloured using only the approved tint

values from our Primary colour palette. Note that these icons

have been modified slightly from our previous style to remove

the black box to provide greater flexibility and a ‘cleaner’ design.

They should only be used sparingly.

All icons displayed are sample only

Utilities

Telecommunications

Water

Power and Gas

Facilities

Government

Health and Education

Defence

Building

Asset Services

Power and Energy

Industrial and Marine

Downer brand guidelines Section: 02

33

Section: 01Section: 02Section: 03

Contents Introduction Brandmark Tool kit Photography Contact

Icon set

We have a series of icons in our tool kit which can be used

across different applications to add interest to the overall brand.

These can be downloaded from the ‘Our Brand’ section of

iDowner. The icons are coloured using only the approved tint

values from our Primary colour palette. Note that these icons

have been modified slightly from our previous style to remove

the black box to provide greater flexibility and a ‘cleaner’ design.

They should only be used sparingly.

All icons displayed are sample only

Downer brand guidelines Section: 02

33

Section: 01Section: 02Section: 03

Contents Introduction Brandmark Tool kit Photography Contact

Icon set

We have a series of icons in our tool kit which can be used

across different applications to add interest to the overall brand.

These can be downloaded from the ‘Our Brand’ section of

iDowner. The icons are coloured using only the approved tint

values from our Primary colour palette. Note that these icons

have been modified slightly from our previous style to remove

the black box to provide greater flexibility and a ‘cleaner’ design.

They should only be used sparingly.

All icons displayed are sample only

Downer brand guidelines Section: 02

33

Section: 01Section: 02Section: 03

Contents Introduction Brandmark Tool kit Photography Contact

Icon set

We have a series of icons in our tool kit which can be used

across different applications to add interest to the overall brand.

These can be downloaded from the ‘Our Brand’ section of

iDowner. The icons are coloured using only the approved tint

values from our Primary colour palette. Note that these icons

have been modified slightly from our previous style to remove

the black box to provide greater flexibility and a ‘cleaner’ design.

They should only be used sparingly.

All icons displayed are sample only

Downer’s Operating Model

4 Downer EDI Limited
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2021

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual Financial Report of the Company for the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

In compliance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report is set out below.

Board of Directors

RICHARD MICHAEL HARDING (72)

Chairman since November 2010, Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Mr Harding has held management positions around the world with British Petroleum (BP), including President

and General Manager of BP Exploration Australia.

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Horizon Oil Limited and a Director of Cleanaway Waste Management

Limited. He is a former Chairman of Lynas Limited, Roc Oil Company Limited, Clough Limited and ARC Energy

Limited and a former Director of Santos Limited.

Mr Harding will retire from the Board on 30 September 2021.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

GRANT ANTHONY FENN (56)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational management, strategic development and financial

management. He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Chief Executive

Officer in July 2010.

He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive Committee, holding a number of senior roles over 14

years, as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of Australian Air Express. He worked at KPMG

for eight years before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Sydney Airport Limited and Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a Member

of the UTS Engineering and IT Industry Advisory Board.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie University and is a member of the Australian Institute

of Chartered Accountants.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

PHILIP STUART GARLING (67)

Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011

Mr Garling has over 40 years’ experience in the infrastructure, construction, development and investment

sectors. He was the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital Investors, a role he held for nine years.

Prior to this, Mr Garling was CEO of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the Lend Lease

Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited, Energy Queensland Limited and Newcastle

Coal Infrastructure Group and a Director of Charter Hall Limited. He is a former Director of Spotless Group

Holdings Limited and the NSW electricity distributor, Essential Energy and a past President of Water Polo

Australia Limited.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University of New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma

from the Australian Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Building,

Australian Institute of Company Directors and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 5

TERESA GAYLE HANDICOTT (58)

Independent Non-executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’ experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital

markets and corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22

years, serving as a member of its National Board for seven years including four years as National Chairman.

She also has extensive experience in governance of local and State government organisations.

Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company PWR Holdings Limited and of Peak Services

Holdings Pty Ltd, which is the subsidiary of the Local Government Association of Queensland that is

responsible for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott is also a Divisional Councillor of the Queensland

Division of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former member of the Queensland University of

Technology (QUT) Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets Advisory Committee and a

former Associate Member of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of FINSIA, Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and Member of Chief Executive

Women, Ms Handicott holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the Queensland University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

NICOLE MAREE HOLLOWS (50)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has over 20 years’ experience in the resources sector in a number of senior managerial

roles across both the public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail. Her experience

spans operational management, accounting and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management

and corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is the Non-executive Chair of Jameson Resources Limited, a Non-executive Director of Qube

Holdings Limited and a member of the CEO Advisory Committee for Dean of Queensland University of

Technology (QUT) Business School.

She was formerly the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater Limited, a Queensland Government owned

corporation, the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal Limited

and Managing Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the

Institute of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of Business – Accounting and a Graduate

Diploma in Advanced Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of Technology and is a

Graduate of Harvard Business School’s Program for Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

PETER LAWRENCE WATSON (64)

Independent Non-executive Director since May 2019

Mr Watson has extensive experience in the construction and engineering sectors in senior executive and

governance roles, including in the industrial, transport, defence, health, justice and utilities sectors. He was

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Transfield Services Limited (now known as Broadspectrum

which is owned by Ventia) for 10 years. During this period, he led the business through a successful transition,

cultivating a sustainable and successful public company. He also has considerable experience in various

Non-executive Director roles.

Mr Watson is currently a Consultant of Schiavello Group, BG&E Group Limited and Stephenson Mansell Group

where he provides coaching and mentoring to senior executives.

Mr Watson is a former Chairman of LogiCamms Limited (now known as Verbrec), Watpac Limited, Regional

Rail Link Authority in Victoria and AssetCo Management which managed PPP assets, a former Director of the

Major Transport Infrastructure Board in Victoria, Yarra Trams and Save the Children Australia and was a Board

member of Infrastructure Australia and independent Chair of Ross River Solar Farm.

A Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering and member of the

Institute of Engineers Australia and Australian Institute of Company Directors, Mr Watson holds a Diploma

of Civil Engineering from the Caulfield Institute of Technology and is a Graduate of the Wharton Advanced

Management Program of the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr Watson lives in Melbourne.

6 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors’ Shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares

or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights

or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully Paid

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

R M Harding34,028––

G A Fenn

1

2,049,772625,748–

P S Garling23,540––

T G Handicott20,047––

N M Hollows15,538––

P L Watson17,93 3––

1 Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2018 to 2023. Further details regarding the conditions

relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring

that the Company complies with its statutory duties and

maintains proper documentation, registers and records. It also

provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate

governance and gives practical effect to any decisions made

by the Board.

Mr Robert Regan was appointed Group General Counsel and

Company Secretary in January 2019. He has qualifications in

law from the University of Sydney and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Regan was formerly a partner of Corrs

Chambers Westgarth and has over 30 years of experience

in legal practice.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary in

July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the

University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from

the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was previously

Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and

secretarial roles at Downer for over 20 years.

Review of Operations

COVID-19

Downer continues to comply with all Government regulations

and advice in relation to the COVID-19 pandemic and has

robust Business Continuity Plans in place. Senior managers

communicate regularly with their teams to ensure they

are fully informed about the evolving situation and putting

in place appropriate strategies. Downer is committed to

working closely with its customers and partners to minimise

the impact on operations while keeping its employees and

communities safe.

Detailed and up-to-date information about Downer’s response

to COVID-19 is provided on the home page of the company’s

website (www.downergroup.com).

During the 12 months to 30 June 2021, there was no material

impact on demand for the businesses within the Group’s

Transport, Utilities and Mining service lines. The Hospitality

business within the Facilities service line continues to be

significantly affected by COVID-19 regulations and some Asset

Services customers continue to defer non-essential work.

Principal Activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of

integrated services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer

employs approximately 44,000 people, mostly in Australia

and New Zealand.

Downer’s strategy is to focus on its core Urban Services

businesses: Transport, Utilities, Facilities and Asset Services.

These core Urban Services businesses have:

–Demonstrated strength and resilience

–Leading market positions and attractive medium-

and long-term growth opportunities

–A high proportion of government and government-related

contracts

–A capital light, services-based business model generating

lower risk, more predictable revenues and cash flows.

As part of its Urban Services strategy, Downer has made

significant progress exiting its capital-intensive Mining businesses.

Downer has completed the divestment of its Open Cut Mining

West, Underground, Downer Blasting Services and Snowden

businesses as well as its share of the RTL JV. It has also entered

into a binding sale agreement in relation to its Otraco business,

with this divestment expected to complete in FY22. Downer’s

remaining mining business, Open Cut East, comprises four

profitable contracts which are scheduled to complete between

2022 and 2024, in the event that the business is not sold.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 7

On 2 December 2020, Downer announced it had entered an

agreement to sell 70% of its Laundries business.

For the 2021 financial year, an overview of Downer’s five service

lines is set out below.

Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s Road Services, Rollingstock

Services and Projects businesses.

Total revenue

1

(FY21)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY21)

43.4%43.9%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Road Services

Downer manages and maintains road networks across Australia

and New Zealand and manufactures and supplies products

and services to create safe, efficient and reliable journeys.

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 33,000 kilometres of road in Australia and

more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

Downer creates and delivers solutions to our customers’

challenges through strategic asset management and a

leading portfolio of products and services. Downer is a leading

manufacturer and supplier of bitumen-based products and

an innovator in the sustainable asphalt industry and circular

economy, using recycled products and environmentally

sustainable methods to produce asphalt.

Downer’s road network solutions are underpinned by

industry-leading research, development and innovation,

unique asset management tools and a commitment to safety,

environment and sustainability through industry awarded

Zero Harm programs.

Downer has formed a number of strategic partnerships to meet

the changing needs of our customers and markets. Downer has

long-term asset stewardship and road management contracts

through DM Roads in Australia, and a number of alliances in

New Zealand such as the Infrastructure Alliance in Hamilton,

Whanganui Alliance, Tararua Alliance, Waikato District Alliance

and the Milford Road Alliance.

Downer works for all of Australia’s State road authorities,

the New Zealand Transport Agency and a large number of

local government councils and authorities in both countries.

Customers also include road owners and businesses operating

in a wide range of industries.

Rail and Transit Systems

Downer has over 100 years’ rail experience providing

end-to -end, innovative transport solutions. Downer is a

leading provider of rollingstock asset management services

in Australia, with expertise in delivering whole-of-life asset

management support to our customers. Downer’s capability

spans all sectors, from rollingstock to infrastructure, and

every project phase, from design and manufacture to

through-life-support, fleet maintenance, operations and

comprehensive overhaul of assets.

Downer sets industry best practice with forward-looking

technology solutions to deliver safe, efficient and reliable

services for the public transport sector.

Downer has formed strategic joint ventures and relationships

with leading technology and knowledge providers including

Keolis, CRRC, Hitachi and Bombardier.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with

contracts to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne,

the Gold Coast light rail system in Queensland, Adelaide

Metro and an integrated public transport system for the city

of Newcastle in New South Wales. Keolis Downer is also one

of Australia’s most significant bus operators.

Downer’s rollingstock customers include Sydney Trains,

Transport for NSW, Public Transport Authority (WA),

Metro Trains Melbourne, Public Transport Victoria, and

Queensland Rail.

Projects

Downer delivers multi-disciplined infrastructure solutions to

customers within the transport sector. The services provided by

Downer include the design and construction of light rail, heavy

rail, signalling, track and station works, rail safety technology,

bridges and roads.

Downer has a long history of delivering transport

infrastructure projects under a variety of contracting

models. Downer’s integrated capabilities enable intelligent

transport solutions, road network management and

maintenance, facility maintenance, utilities services and

renewable energy technologies.

8 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Utilities

Downer offers a range of services to customers across the power

and gas, water, telecommunications and renewables sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY21)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY21)

17.2%20.2%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Power and Gas

Downer’s services include planning, designing, constructing,

operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power

and gas network assets. A collaborative approach has made

Downer a benchmark end-to-end service provider to owners

of utility assets.

Downer designs and constructs steel lattice transmission

towers, designs and builds substations, constructs and maintains

electricity and gas networks, provides asset inspection and

monitoring services, connects tens of thousands of new

power and gas customers each year and provides meter,

energy and water efficiency services for governments,

utilities and corporations.

Our performance on the network is benchmarked at activity unit

level, repeatedly demonstrable and assessed against continually

improving key performance indicators.

Water

Downer is dedicated to delivering complete water lifecycle

solutions for municipal and industrial water users. Downer’s

expertise includes water treatment, wastewater treatment,

water and wastewater network construction and rehabilitation,

desalination and biosolids treatment.

As a leading provider of asset management services, Downer

supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle from

conceptual development through to design, construction,

commissioning and into operations and maintenance.

Downer collaborates with customers to manage their assets, so

they create community benefits that are sustainable, innovative,

cost-effective and provide value to all stakeholders.

Telecommunications

Downer is a leading provider of end-to-end technology and

communications service solutions, offering integrated civil

construction, electrical, fibre, copper and radio network

deployment capability throughout Australia and New Zealand.

Key capabilities include:

–Design, engineering and network construction of fixed

and wireless networks

–Mobile deployment, site acquisition, environmental

and design services

–Network operations and help desk outsourcing

–Network maintenance

–Warehousing and logistics

–Smart metering

–Network security

–Remedial works and proactive maintenance

–Customer connections, in-premise installations

and service activations.

Facilities

The Facilities service line operates in Australia and New Zealand

across a range of industry sectors including defence, education,

health, government and hospitality.

Total revenue

1

(FY21)

Facilities

EBITA

2

(FY21)

23.3%25.5%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Spotless, a Downer company, is the largest integrated facilities

management services provider in Australia and New Zealand,

delivering property and facilities management services to

government departments, agencies and authorities at the

Federal, State and municipal level. With around 21 Public

Private Partnership projects across the defence, education,

health and leisure sectors, Spotless provides innovative

management of its customers’ assets across their lifecycle.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 9

Spotless has a 40-year history of supporting the daily

operations of hospitals across Australia and New Zealand,

delivering a range of services that create a safe environment

for hospital staff, patients and their guests. At leading schools

and tertiary institutions, Spotless helps to create world-class

learning environments through integrated services such as

catering, building and grounds maintenance, conserving energy

with air-conditioning and lighting solutions and ensuring a

secure environment.

The Facilities services line also includes Hawkins, New Zealand’s

leading construction business. Hawkins delivers unique

transformational projects across a variety of sectors including

education, health, airports, commercial office buildings and

heritage restorations.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

Total revenue

1

(FY21)

EC&M

EBITA

2

(FY21)

7.1%2.3%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

Asset Services

Downer is a leading provider of asset maintenance and specialist

services to Australia’s critical economic infrastructure including

the oil and gas, power generation and industrial sectors. As a

trusted partner with a leading safety record, Downer optimises

the reliability, efficiency and whole-of-life costs of its customers’

assets through long-term relationship-based contracts.

Oil and gas

Downer’s state-of-the art equipment and technology, and

its people’s expertise, support customers through the full

asset lifecycle. Downer is a major provider of maintenance,

shutdown and field development services to Coal Seam Gas

and Liquefied Natural Gas producers in Australia including

Santos, Origin and Chevron.

Power Generation

Downer is one of the largest providers of power generation

asset management services in Australia, offering the full range

of maintenance, shutdown, turnaround, outage and sustaining

capital works. This includes maintenance and shutdown services

for over 18GW of Australia’s power generation for customers

who supply approximately 60% of the National Energy Market,

including CS Energy, Origin, AGL, Synergy and Energy Australia.

Industrial and Marine

Downer provides maintenance, turnaround, shutdown and

sustaining capital programs for industrial operations across

Australia’s iron ore, minerals and metals, petrochemical, bulk

materials handling and processing sectors. Heavy industrial

customers include BHP, Queensland Alumina Limited, Bluescope,

Orica and CSBP while Downer provides a range of services

at major ports including Gladstone Ports, Port Hedland, Port

Waratah, Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group and Kooragang

Bulk Facilities.

Mineral Technologies

Downer’s Mineral Technologies business is the world leader

in fine physical mineral separation solutions, including spiral

gravity concentrators and magnetic and electrostatic separation

technology. Mineral Technologies delivers innovative process

solutions for iron ore, mineral sands, silica sands, coal, chromite,

gold, tin, tungsten, tantalum and several other fine materials.

Engineering and Construction

Downer announced in February 2020 that it will focus its

construction efforts on areas where it has a competitive

differentiation. As a result, Downer will no longer tender for ‘hard

dollar’ construction contracts in the coal, iron ore and industrial

E&I (Electrical and Instrumentation) and SMP (Structural,

Mechanical, and Piping) sectors.

Mining

An important part of Downer’s Urban Services strategy is to exit

its capital-intensive Mining business. Downer has completed the

divestment of its Open Cut Mining West, Underground, Downer

Blasting Services and Snowden businesses as well as its share

of the RTL JV. It has also entered into a binding sale agreement

in relation to its Otraco business, with this divestment expected

to complete in FY22. Downer’s remaining mining business,

Open Cut East, comprises four profitable contracts which are

scheduled to complete between 2022 and 2024, in the event

that the business is not sold.

Total revenue

1

(FY21)

Mining

EBITA

2

(FY21)

9.0%8.2%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other

income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not

proportionately consolidated.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up

precisely to 100%.

10 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Group Financial Performance

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2021, Downer reported

a decrease in total revenue driven by the loss of revenue

contribution from the Mining and Laundries businesses

disposed during the year while earnings before interest, tax and

amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) and statutory net

profit after tax (NPAT) were both higher. Gearing has decreased

by 16.7 percentage points (pp) since June 2020, from 35.7%

to 19.0%, and statutory EBITA margin has improved from 3.2%

at 31 December 2020 to 3.3%.

The main features of the result for the 12 months ended

30 June 2021 were:

–Total revenue of $12.2 billion, down 8.8%

–Statutory EBITA of $401.0 million, up $371.0 million

–EBITA margin of 3.3%, up from 3.2% at 31 December 2020

–Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

of $334.8 million, up $376.1 million

–Statutory net profit after tax and before amortisation

of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of

$230.0 million, up from a loss of $105.8 million

–Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $183.7 million,

up from a loss of $155.7 million.

Gearing has decreased by 16.7pp to 19.0% since June 2020

reflecting the strong operating cash flows and a material

reduction in debt levels as proceeds from divestments and

capital raising in July 2020 were partially utilised to repay

borrowings. Gearing also reduced despite $83.3 million

deferred interim FY20 dividend paid in the period and a

$134.5 million payment made to acquire the remaining

12.2% interest in Spotless.

Cash conversion for the year of 92.0% and 100.8% once

adjusted for $79.0 million of cash outflows relating to Individually

Significant Items (ISIs) recognised in FY20, has significantly

improved from prior year.

ISIs totalled $66.3 million loss before interest and tax for the year,

($31.2 million after tax and interest). These ISIs relate to:

–the fair value movement of the Downer Contingent Share

Option (DCSO) as part of the consideration to acquire the

remaining 12.2% interest in Spotless

–the impact of derecognition of unamortised deferred

financing costs following the termination of the Spotless

financing arrangement

–impairment of non-current assets

–the net loss recognised on divestments made during

the year (including transaction costs)

–the impact of the adoption of Cloud Computing –

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) interpretations.

Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report for further details.

The table below provides a comparison of the underlying

1


earnings for FY21 versus the results for FY20 and a reconciliation

to statutory NPAT.

Underlying

1

E B I TA

(A$m)

Reporting

Segment FY21 FY20

Variance

(%)

TransportTransport250.2235.66.2%

UtilitiesUtilities115.1114.60.4%

Facilities

2

Facilities140.0124.912.1%

Asset Services

3

EC&M18.327.1(32.5%)

Core Urban Services

Businesses523.6502.24.3%

Engineering and

Construction

3

EC&M(5.1)(69. 2)92.6%

Businesses in

wind down(5.1)(69.2)92.6%

MiningMining46.679.0(41 .0%)

Laundries

2

Facilities5.09.1(4 5 .1%)

Hospitality

2

Facilities0.4(19.7)>100%

Businesses under

review or to be sold52.068.4(24.0%)

CorporateUnallocated(103.2)(8 5 .4)(20.8%)

Group Underlying

E B I TA

4

467. 3416.012.3%

Amortisation of

acquired intangibles

(pre-tax)(66. 2)(71.3)7. 2%

Underlying EBIT401.1344.716.4%

Net interest expense(100.6)(112.0)10.2%

Tax expense(85.6)(67. 5)(26.8%)

Underlying NPAT214.9165.230.1%

Amortisation of

acquired intangibles

(post-tax)46.349.9( 7. 2%)

U n d e r l y i n g N PATA

4

261.2215.121.4%

Items outside of

u n d e r l y i n g N PATA(70.6)(386.0)81.7%

Tax effect on items

outside NPATA39.465.1(39.5%)

Statutory NPATA230.0(105.8)>100%

Amortisation of

acquired intangibles

(post-tax)(4 6 . 3)(4 9 . 9)7. 2%

Statutory NPAT183.7(155.7)>100%

1 The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by management to

assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been

subject to audit or review.

2 Total underlying EBITA for the Facilities segment was $145.4m (FY20: $114.3m).

Refer to Note B1.

3 Total underlying EBITA for the EC&M segment was $13.2m (FY20: loss of

$42.1m). Refer to Note B1.

4 Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back

acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY21: $66.2 million,

$46.3 million after-tax. (FY20: $71.3 million, $49.9 million after tax).

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 11

Revenue

Total revenue for the Group decreased by $1.2 billion or 8.8%,

to $12.2 billion.

Transport revenue increased by 12.8%, or $602.9 million, to

$5.3 billion due to strong performance in the Projects business,

both in Australia and New Zealand, and continuing strong

performance in the Road Services business particularly in

Australia. These increases were partially offset by lower revenue

from Rollingstock Services due to completion of Waratah bogie

overhaul activities.

Utilities revenue decreased by 21.6%, or $581.7 million, to

$2.1 billion largely due to the continued wind-down of nbn™

contracts and completion of Murra Warra. This was partially offset

by increased activities in Power and Gas and Water services.

Facilities revenue decreased by 14.1%, or $466.0 million, to

$2.8 billion largely due to the impact of COVID-19 on Hospitality,

loss of revenue contribution from the disposal of Laundries and

projects completions in both Australia and New Zealand.

EC&M revenue decreased by 25.9%, or $302.7 million, to

$0.9 billion as a result of project completions and reduced

construction activity in line with Downer’s strategy. The Asset

Services business continued to be impacted by COVID-19

resulting in customers deferring non-essential maintenance.

Mining revenue decreased by 29.3%, or $453.7 million, to

$1.1 billion as a result of contract completions and the cessation

of revenue from those Mining businesses disposed during the

year as part of the Group’s Urban Services strategy.

Expenses

Total expenses decreased by 12.0% compared to the pcp and

includes $77.0 million of Individually Significant Items (ISIs) outside

the underlying result, while the pcp included $367.2 million of ISIs.

Excluding the impact of ISIs, total expenses decreased by 10.0%

or $1,241.7 million.

Employee benefits expenses decreased by 8.5%, or

$357.8 million, to $3.9 billion and represent 34.2% of Downer’s

cost base. The decrease is mainly driven by lower costs due

to disposal of businesses, contract completions, reduced

activities in Hospitality and the benefit of restructuring

activities made in FY20.

Subcontractor costs decreased by 6.2%, or $273.3 million,

to $4.1 billion and represent 36.7% of Downer’s cost

base. This decrease is a result of contract completions

during the year particularly in Utilities, disposal of Mining

businesses and reduced activities in Hospitality due to

COVID-19. This was partially offset by increased contract

activities in Transport.

Raw materials and consumables costs decreased by 26.1%, or

$563.1 million, to $1.6 billion and represent 14.1% of Downer’s

cost base. The decrease is mainly due to contract completions,

particularly in the Utilities and EC&M segments, as well as

completion of Waratah bogie overhaul activities in Rollingstock

Services and the disposal of Mining and Laundries businesses

during the year.

Plant and equipment costs decreased by 10.7%, or $70.4 million,

to $590.2 million and represent 5.2% of Downer’s cost base. The

decrease in plant and equipment costs is attributed to a less

capital-intensive business following the disposal of Laundries

and Mining as well as from initiatives to drive efficient plant and

equipment utilisation and maintenance practices.

Depreciation and amortisation on leased assets increased by

19.0%, or $28.8 million, to $180.6 million and represent 1.6% of

Downer’s cost base. This increase is a result of investment in

equipment on a lease basis.

Other depreciation and amortisation decreased by 14.1%, or

$51.7 million, to $313.8 million and represent 2.8% of Downer’s

cost base. The decrease is driven by assets disposed as part of

the Laundries and Mining divestments together with the normal

run-off of assets useful life.

Included in Other depreciation and amortisation is $3.6 million

of pre-tax ISIs benefit in relation to the implementation of SaaS

arrangements as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Impairment of non-current assets of $20.2 million represents

impairment recognised to adjust the carrying value of the

Property, plant and equipment and other assets of the Open

Cut Mining West business to its expected recoverable value

as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Other expenses, which include communication, travel,

occupancy and professional fees costs, decreased by 8.3%,

or $52.6 million and represent 5.1% of Downer’s cost base.

The decrease is mainly due to reduced travel and discretionary

expenses across the Group.

Included in Other expenses is $60.4 million of pre-tax ISIs in

relation to SaaS arrangements, fair value movement on DCSO

liability and divestment results (including transaction and

divestments costs) in relation to the Laundries and Mining

divestments as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Earnings

Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of

$334.8 million up from loss of $41.3 million in pcp.

Statutory EBITA of $401.0 million up from $30.0 million in pcp.

Underlying EBITA for the Group increased by 12.3%, or

$51.3 million, to $467.3 million.

12 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

A reconciliation of the FY21 underlying result to the statutory result is provided in the table below:

E B I TA

Net

Interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PATA

Deduct

Amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

(post-tax)N PAT

Underlying results467. 3(100.6)(105.5)261.2(46.3)214.9

Fair value on Downer Contingent Share Option (DCSO)

1

(16.6)––(16.6)–(16.6)

Termination of Spotless financing arrangements–(4 . 3)1.3(3.0)–(3.0)

Mining divestments (net of transaction costs)(19.5)–17. 5(2.0)–(2.0)

Laundries divestment (net of transaction costs)(16.2)–16.50.3–0.3

SaaS arrangements(14.0)–4.1(9.9)–(9.9)

Total items outside underlying performance(66.3)(4.3)39.4(31.2)–(31.2)

Statutory result – Profit/(loss)401.0(104.9)(66.1)230.0(46.3)183.7

1 The initial recognition of the fair value of the Downer Contingent Share Option (DCSO) was $16.7 million as at 12 August 2020 and recorded as a current financial liability.

The fair value of the DCSO issued as at the date the transaction completed was determined using an option pricing model. The key assumptions used in this assessment

were a TERP adjusted share price of $5.59, option volatility of 40%, interest of 0.51% and dividend yield of 4.1%. The DCSO was remeasured to fair value at 30 June 2021, with

any fair value movements recognised through the income statement. As the Downer share price has increased from $4.30 to $5.59 at 30 June 2021 this has resulted in a fair

value movement of $16.6 million.

Transport EBITA increased by 6.2% to $250.2 million due to

continued strong contribution from Australia and New Zealand

operations. In Australia, driven by strong contribution from

Roads Services, partially offset by lower Rollingstock Services

contribution following completion of the construction phase of

the Sydney Growth Trains project and completion of Waratah

bogie overhaul activities. In New Zealand, from new contracts

and higher activities within the Project business.

Utilities EBITA increased by 0.4% to $115.1 million as

increased contributions from Water services in Australia and

from telecommunications in New Zealand were offset by

the wind-down of nbn™ contracts.

Facilities EBITA increased by 39.3% to $145.4 million mainly

driven by increased contribution from Government services,

including COVID-19 cleaning activities, a recovery of activity

levels within the Hospitality sector due to fewer COVID-19

restrictions in 2H21; and a higher contribution from projects

in New Zealand.

EC&M EBITA increased by 125.9% to $13.2 million as the pcp

included non-recurring contract losses within the Engineering

and Construction business that are now complete. This was

partially offset by lower contribution from the Asset Services

business due to COVID-19 resulting in customers deferring

non-essential maintenance activities.

Mining EBITA decreased by 41.0% to $46.6 million due to loss

of earnings as a result of divestments made during the year.

Corporate costs increased by $17.8 million to $103.2 million

mainly due to higher information technology and insurance costs

and from FY21 short-term incentive expense recognised.

Net finance costs decreased by $7.1 million, or 6.3%, to

$104.9 million driven by lower levels of debt throughout the

year and lower interest rates. Included in net finance costs

is $4.3 million of pre-tax ISIs in relation to termination of

Spotless financing arrangements as described in Note B3

to the Financial Report. Excluding ISIs, net finance costs

would have been $11.4 million lower than pcp.

Effective tax rate is 20.1% which is lower than the statutory

corporate tax rate of 30% due to the impact of items including

non-taxable gains on divestments, recognition of previously

unrecognised capital losses, non-taxable distributions from

joint ventures and lower tax rates in overseas jurisdictions

(e.g. New Zealand).

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow was strong at $708.7 million, a major

improvement from the $158.6

1

 million inflow in the pcp and

represents a cash conversion of 92.0% of adjusted earnings

before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).

The improvement in cash was driven by a strong contract

performance across the Group including the completion of

loss-making contracts in Engineering and Construction.

Included within the operating cash flow is $79.0 million in ISIs

recognised in FY20 (mainly restructuring cost and shareholder

class action settlement) being the cash outflow incurred during

the current period. Excluding the cash outflows for FY20 ISIs,

cash conversion would be 100.8%.

Investing Cash

Total investing cash inflow of $35.9 million was driven by

$447.8 million of proceeds from disposal activities during

the year, partially offset by $134.5 million paid in relation to

the acquisition of the remaining 12.2% interest in Spotless.

Total proceeds from disposal activities includes $395.9 million

proceeds from the sale of businesses, $10.9 million

net proceeds from the disposal of RTL JV and $41.0 million

from sale of Mining’s property plant and equipment.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 13

Excluding the cash flow from the major transactions, investing

cash flow would have been an outflow of $277.4 million;

$100.3 million or 26.6% lower than prior year

1

, driven by lower

capex requirements following Laundries and Mining businesses

divestments, and by $13.1 million lower payments for intangibles.

Debt and Bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$2,009.3 million at 30 June 2021 with $633.0 million undrawn.

As at 30 June 2021, the Group had liquidity of $2.2 billion

comprising cash balances of $811.4 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $1.4 billion.

During the year, the Group raised $390.4 million (net of costs)

from the issue of new shares in order to rebalance the Group’s

gearing and overall liquidity positions, and in anticipation of

the payments for the purchase of the Spotless shares it did not

already own. In December 2020, the Group established a new

$1.4 billion syndicated sustainability linked loan facility. This

new facility replaces the Spotless $888.7 million and Downer

$400 million syndicated bank loan facilities as the Group’s

primary source of financing. In addition, $145 million of Spotless

bilateral bank loan facilities were refinanced at the Downer level.

A buy-back of Downer’s shares was announced to the market

on 27 April 2021 and the buy-back commenced on 8 June 2021.

As of 30 June 2021, a total of 4,363,398 shares were purchased

for total consideration of $24.8 million.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Balance Sheet

The net assets of Downer increased by $362.4 million, or 14.0%

to $3.0 billion, mainly as a result of capital raising funds received

in the period.

Net debt is calculated as borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

less the cash and cash equivalents. Net debt has decreased

$792.6 million to $670.2 million mainly driven by $569.7 million

lower borrowings following debt repayments made as a result

of capital raising funds and $222.9 million higher cash position

since 30 June 2020. The strong operating cash flow and lower

capital expenditure compared to the pcp further contributed

to a lower net debt position.

Group gearing at 30 June 2021 was 19.0% (calculated on a

pre-AASB 16 basis) which is 16.7pp lower than 30 June 2020.

This reduction was achieved despite the payment of the

deferred FY20 interim dividend ($83.3 million) and payment

of $134.5 million for the remaining 12.2% interest in Spotless.

Total trade receivables and contract assets decreased by 7.5%,

or $180.9 million, to $2,230.2 million reflecting the impact of the

trade receivables disposed, contract completions and strong

cash collections during the year. The decrease also reflects

$24.2 million that has been classified as Assets held for sale in

relation to the Otraco divestment described in Note F6 to the

Financial Report.

Inventories decreased by 23.9%, or $79.8 million, to $254.2 million

largely driven by the disposal of Mining and Laundries businesses

while $1.8 million was reclassified to Assets held for sale.

Current tax assets decreased by 25.5%, or $16.6 million, to

$48.6 million reflecting tax refund received and timing of

tax payments.

Assets held for sale of $41.5 million represent the assets that will

be disposed as part of the sale of Otraco business as described

in Note F6 to the Financial Report. The completion of the sale

of Otraco within 12 months is considered highly probable, and

as such the recoverable value of the assets and liabilities is

presented separately as Assets/Liabilities held for sale.

Interest in equity accounted investments increased by 40.2%,

or $44.5 million, to $155.1 million mainly reflecting $33.4 million

for the remaining 30% interest in Laundries and $9.8 million

additional investment in Keolis Downer during the year, offset by

$8.1 million interest in RTL JV sold and the net impact of profit

and distributions received during the period.

Property, plant and equipment decreased by 26.3%, or

$355.5 million, to $994.7 million after $340.8 million was

disposed of as part of the Laundries and Mining divestments

while $9.4 million was transferred to Assets held for sale.

Excluding the disposals and transfers, Property, plant and

equipment would have decreased by $5.3 million largely from

additions of $309.7 million during the year being offset by

depreciation and impairment charges of $244.8 million and

disposals of $61.4 million.

Right-of-use assets decreased $46.1 million to $546.5 million.

The decrease includes $55.2 million that has been disposed

as part of Mining and Laundries divestments with $2.2 million

classified to Assets held for sale. Excluding these movements,

Right-of-use assets would have increased by $11.3 million,

reflecting new leases and extensions arrangements entered

into during the year.

Intangible assets

1

decreased by 2.7%, or $77.1 million, to

$2,782.9 million with $89.2 million of amortisation charges

during the year, $23.6 million disposed as part of the divestment

program and $0.5 million transferred to Assets held for sale.

This was partially offset by $28.4 million additional investment

in software during the year.

Net deferred tax balances (net of deferred tax assets and

liabilities) of $59.5 million increased by 3.3%, or $1.9 million

reflecting the net position of deferred tax, including the

consolidation of the Spotless tax consolidated group into

the Downer tax consolidated group.

1 2020 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for

costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

14 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Total trade payables and contract liabilities decreased by 5.1%, or

$129.0 million, to $2,397.2 million primarily due to payment of the

deferred 2020 interim dividend ($83.3 million), and settlement

of the Spotless shareholder class action, while $27.4 million was

disposed as part of the divestment program and $5.9 million

has been reclassified to Liabilities held for sale as described in

Note F6 to the Financial Report. Trade payables and contract

liabilities represent 46.9% of Downer’s total liabilities.

Other financial liabilities increased by 11.8%, or $7.1 million, to

$67.3 million, representing 1.3% of Downer’s total liabilities.

The increase mainly reflects the recognition of the fair value

of the Downer Contingent Share Option (DCSO) arising from

the transaction to acquire the shares in Spotless that it did not

already own. Refer to Note B3 to the Financial Report.

Lease liabilities decreased by 13.2%, or $100.4 million, to

$662.8 million and represent 13.0% of Downer’s total liabilities.

The decrease mainly relates to $89.2 million of leases disposed

as part of the Laundries and Mining divestments, with

$2.4 million reclassified to Liabilities held for sale. Excluding the

disposal and reclassification impact, lease liabilities would have

decreased by $8.8 million largely reflecting lease arrangements

terminated during the year.

Liabilities held for sale of $17.2 million represent total liabilities

that will be disposed as part of the sale of Otraco as described

in Note F6 to the Financial Report.

Provisions decreased by 13.0%, or $70.7 million, to $474.9 million,

representing 9.3% of Downer’s total liabilities. The decrease

is mainly driven by $31.1 million of provisions disposed as

part of the divestment program and due to employee related

provisions utilised during the year. Employee related provisions

(annual leave and long service leave) made up 81.9% of this

balance with the remainder covering contract provisions,

decommissioning, restructuring and warranty obligations.

Total Equity increased by $362.4 million, driven by $393.2 million

from the equity raising (net of costs) and $183.7 million of

net profit after tax. This was partially offset by $140.9 million

derecognition of Non-Controlling Interest (NCI) in Spotless

following the acquisition of the remaining 12.2% interest,

$24.8 million in shares bought back and by dividends

declared during the year. Net foreign currency gains on

translation of foreign operations, particularly in New Zealand,

resulted in a movement in the foreign currency translation

reserve of $0.9 million.

Dividends

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of

12.0 cents per share, unfranked payable on 23 September 2021

to shareholders on the register at 26 August 2021.

The unfranked dividend will be paid out of Conduit Foreign

Income (CFI).

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2021 has a yield of 4.42% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 15 September 2021.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent

of being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will

be 3.18% per annum until the next reset date.

Consistent with the prior year, the Company’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

Zero Harm

Downer’s

1

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) decreased

to 0.99 from 1.08 and its Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

(TRIFR) decreased to 2.60 from 3.10 per million hours worked

2

.

TRIFRLTIFR

TRIFR

LTIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance (12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-20

Jul-20

Aug-20

Sep-20

Oct-20

Nov-20

Dec-20

Mar-21

Apr-21

May-21

Feb-21

Jan-21

Jun-21

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.10

2.60

1.08

0.99

1 Safety data includes Hawkins and Spotless (Note: Hawkins and Spotless were excluded in the FY20 Annual Report).

2 Lost time injuries (LTIs) are defined as injuries that cause the injured person (employee or contractor) to be unfit to perform any work duties for one whole day or shift, or

more, after the shift on which the injury occurred, and any injury that results, directly or indirectly, in the death of the person. The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

is the number of LTIs per million hours worked. Total Recordable Injuries (TRIs) are the number of LTIs plus medically treated injuries (MTIs) for employees and contractors.

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) is the number of TRIs per million hours worked.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 15

Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern environment by building trusted relationships with our customers.

Our Promise is to work closely with our customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Our business is founded on four Pillars:

–Safety: Zero Harm is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to the Company’s future success

–Delivery: we build trust by delivering on our promises with excellence while focusing on safety, value for money and efficiency

– Relationships: we collaborate to build and sustain enduring relationships based on trust and integrity

– Thought leadership: we remain at the forefront of our industry by employing the best people and having the courage to challenge

the status quo.

Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out in

the table below.

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Maintain focus

on Zero Harm

Downer believes that a sustainable and embedded

Zero Harm culture is fundamental to the Company’s

ongoing success, and to building trusted

relationships with customers and business partners.

Downer’s approach to Zero Harm enables it to work

safely and environmentally responsibly in industry

sectors with inherently hazardous environments.

Zero Harm at Downer means a work environment

that supports the health and safety of its people

and allows it to deliver its business activities in an

environmentally sustainable manner and advance

the communities in which it operates.

This includes continuing to monitor all COVID-19

risks and controls, and supporting the Government’s

vaccination rollout strategy.

Downer has a robust Critical Risk program. Risks that

could cause serious injury to people or harm to the

environment, and the controls needed to eliminate or

manage those risks, are understood. This knowledge

forms the core of Downer’s risk management

processes, and the monitoring of its critical controls.

There is a strong commitment to Downer’s Zero Harm

objectives across all levels of the business.

A core objective of The Downer Standard program is

to unify the way we manage Zero Harm and perform

our work.

In an important step, Downer achieved centralised

third-party accreditation to the International

Standards ISO 45001 (Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and

ISO 14001 (Environment). This gives Downer a single

system of work for safety, quality and environment,

and a framework to develop, implement and monitor

The Downer Standard.

Establishing this consistent single platform means

Downer can deliver consistent best practice

information and work processes to our frontline

employees, helping them to better manage risk and

change in their dynamic workplaces.

Downer continues to be vigilant around the

management of COVID and maintaining the highest

levels of controls in line with expert advice and

Government guidance, providing our workforce with

relevant up-to -date information. Downer supports the

Government’s vaccination initiative and encourages

employees to have the vaccination when it is

available to them, once they have consulted a health

professional on the associated risks and benefits.

16 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Embed asset

management and

standardisation as a

cornerstone of the

Delivery pillar

Downer has developed extensive asset

management knowledge and expertise and also

adopts and implements world-leading insights

and solutions.

Downer strives for standardisation in its risk

management and project delivery to ensure

consistent quality outcomes for its customers.

The expectations of Downer’s customers, and their

customers, continue to grow with regards to reliable,

intuitive, and cost-effective assets and services.

Downer has invested in capability and talent to

improve asset management, standard processes,

data analytics and lifecycle performance

analytics. A number of these investments have

Group-wide application in addition to their bespoke

customer benefits.

Risks to be managed include: not delivering

value-added services to customers; scope reduction

by customers who elect to use pure maintenance/

blue collar services; and an inability to deliver

obligations in performance frameworks and service

outcome contracts.

Focus on engagement

with customers as a

cornerstone of the

Relationships pillar

Providing valuable and reliable products and

services to customers, and their customers,

is at the heart of Downer’s culture. It enables

Downer’s customers to focus more on their

core expertise while Downer delivers non-core

operational services.

Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers

and competitors, Downer is well positioned to

improve value and service for its customers and

their customers.

Relationships creating success continues to be

Downer’s core operating philosophy that drives

delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure

investment as initiatives and activities are focused on

helping Downer’s customers to succeed.

Risks to be managed include: the threat of new

competitors and disruptors in traditional markets; not

keeping pace with changing customer expectations;

and the threat of commoditisation of core products

and services.

Utilise technology in

core service offerings

as a cornerstone

of our Thought

Leadership pillar

Technology is an inherent feature of today’s

world and there is therefore greater demand

for provision of cyber secure technology in the

services Downer provides.

Customer operations are growing in complexity

in an ever-changing threat landscape, and this

creates opportunities for Downer to connect

securely, manage, monitor and report on core

services and infrastructure.

Downer invests in a range of technology platforms

and partnerships to meet customer needs. Downer

focuses on selecting the right investments, for

example those that can be leveraged across a number

of service lines to maximise value for the greatest

number of customers.

Downer remains firmly focused on continuously

protecting against evolving cyber risks and threats,

demonstrating credibility and trust through secure

cyber stewardship and custody.

Risks to be managed include: intensification of

competition as customers converge into large single

market procurement channels; introduction of foreign

and technology-based competitors that bring a

different value proposition; and a need for greater

investment in technology and data services.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 17

The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s

intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

TransportThe multi-billion dollar market for transport

services continues to grow in both Australia and

New Zealand. Governments in both countries

continue to invest in a range of projects to reduce

congestion, improve mobility, and provide better

linkages between communities.

Downer is a market leader in road services in both

Australia and New Zealand, light rail construction

in Australia and heavy rail construction and

maintenance in Australia.

Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships

with leading global transport solutions providers

and, through this model, is pursuing opportunities

in rollingstock manufacture and maintenance, and

transport network operations and maintenance.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading

Australian multi-modal transport operator.

UtilitiesGrowth across utility markets is multi-faceted with

a good pipeline of prospects in both Australia

and New Zealand.

Downer has market leading positions in the power,

gas, water and telecommunications sectors in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of

the growth opportunities available in these sectors,

with a demonstrable track record of excellence in

service delivery, and a greater focus on introducing

operational technology to improve the value Downer

brings to customers.

FacilitiesLarge-scale and long-term outsourcing contracts

continue to come to market, however the long-term

nature of contracts in this sector means that a lot of

work is already under contract.

There is a strong pipeline of opportunities on the

short-to-medium-term horizon in both Australia

and New Zealand.

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is a

major force in both Australia and New Zealand with

market leading positions across key sectors including

defence, health, education and government.

Government restrictions imposed to slow the spread

of COVID-19 have had a major impact on Spotless’

Hospitality business. Downer has reduced the

footprint of Hospitality to reflect the smaller scale of

operations and is reviewing the future of this business.

Asset ServicesThere are opportunities for growth in all areas in

which Asset Services operates: Oil and Gas, Power

Generation and Industrial. These opportunities

include the next generation of LNG maintenance

contracts and the need to upgrade ageing

industrial assets.

In addition, all Downer’s customers are actively

investing in decarbonisation projects and most are

investigating Hydrogen opportunities.

Downer has strong market positions across all these

areas and is well placed to secure at least its share of

new opportunities.

Downer is also investing in expertise and capability

to ensure we have the necessary skills to participate

wholly in the new Hydrogen economy.

18 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Outlook

Downer expects its core Urban Services to continue to grow in

FY22 both in revenue and earnings. Given the changing nature

of the COVID pandemic and the ongoing restrictions Downer

will not provide specific earnings guidance.

Subsequent Events

Downer’s end markets relate to critical infrastructure and

essential services. Downer’s strength in those markets, and their

diversity, are a key advantage.

At the date of this report, Downer has not had a material

impact from the current COVID-19 lockdowns across Sydney

and other metropolitan areas in Australia and will continue

to monitor the changing nature of the pandemic and the

ongoing COVID-19 restrictions.

Outside the above, at the date of this report, there have been

no matters or circumstances other than those referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto, that have arisen since

the end of the financial year, that have significantly affected,

or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the

results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group

in subsequent financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change in the

state of affairs of the Group other than that referred to in the

financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental management

Environmental management is an important component of

Downer’s Zero Harm philosophy and it places a strong emphasis

on meeting its environmental compliance obligations. Downer’s

environmental commitments are outlined in its Environmental

Sustainability Policy which can be found on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com/board-policies.

Downer’s Urban Services focus delivers many environmental

and social benefits, including a move to lower capital intensive

and lower carbon activities, which supports Downer’s climate

change resilience and decarbonisation pathway. Downer is also

conscious of its social licence to operate – and responds to this

by improving the sustainability of the Company’s operations,

aiming to achieve Zero Harm to its people, minimise harm to the

environment, avoid legal liability and always strives to positively

impact Downer’s reputation, business value and ultimately

shareholder wealth.

Downer’s ability to manage the impacts of its activities on the

natural and built environment is fundamental to its long-term

success. Downer is committed to helping its customers succeed

by developing and delivering environmentally responsible

and sustainable solutions, so communities remain resilient

for the future.

Downer’s environmental management system is accredited to

AS/NZ ISO 14001:2015 and is integrated into its Group-wide

management system, The Downer Standard, which ensures a

consistent approach to identifying and controlling environmental

hazards and risks, and monitoring environmental performance

across the entire organisation. In addition, the environment

management system is audited, both internally and externally,

by independent third parties.

The effective management of Downer’s environmental aspects

and impacts is fundamental to the Company’s approach to

the delivery of its services. Significant emphasis is placed on

ensuring effective controls are implemented through the critical

risk program and continuous improvement through lessons

learned to sustain the natural environment for future generations.

Each Business Unit is required to have an Environment and

Sustainability Improvement Plan and strategies in place

supported by suitably qualified environment and sustainability

professionals. The Improvement Plans allocate internal

responsibilities for reducing the impact of its operations and

business activities on the environment.

Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the

provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the

1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time

employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies

who have completed six months service may be invited

to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended

30 June 2021 or 30 June 2020.

There are no performance rights or performance options,

in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 19

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2021 financial

year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member). During the year,

17 Board meetings, seven Audit and Risk Committee meetings, four Remuneration Committee meetings, three Zero Harm Committee

meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 29 ad hoc meetings (attended

by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews, major projects and due diligence for the

on-market share buy-back program and Spotless takeover offer and Entitlement Offer.

Board

Audit and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding1717––44

G A Fenn1717––––

P S Garling

2

1717––44

T G Handicott

3,6

17167744

N M Hollows17177744

C G Thorne

5

11––––

P L Watson

4

171777––

Zero Harm

Committee

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding––22

G A Fenn33––

P S Garling

2

33––

T G Handicott

3

––22

N M Hollows––22

C G Thorne

5

––––

P L Watson

4

33––

1 These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2 Mr Garling was also Chairman of the Rail Projects Committee. The Rail Projects Committee ceased in April 2021.

3 Ms Handicott is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee and the Buy-back Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis; and was Chair of the Due Diligence

Committee for the Spotless takeover offer and Entitlement Offer.

4 Mr Watson is also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

5 Mr Thorne retired as a Director on 13 July 2020.

6. Ms Handicott was unable to attend one unscheduled Board meeting which was convened at short notice.

20 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in

respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company, the

Company Secretary, and all officers of the Company and of any

related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,

secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of

the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent

permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary

of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the

performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the

Company Secretaries listed on pages 4 to 6, individuals who act

as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and

certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have

the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial

year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of

the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability

incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 136 to 145

of this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditor, KPMG, it may only provide services that are consistent

with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

–All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to

ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity

of the auditor

–None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and

Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing

the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or

decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as

advocate for the Company or jointly sharing economic

risks and rewards.

A copy of the Auditor’s Independence Declaration is set out on

page 52 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

2021

$

2020

$

Tax services205,795242,148

Advisory and due diligence services506,977468,318

712,772710,466

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report

and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,

amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number

of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing

hundreds of thousands of dollars.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 21

Remuneration Report

Chairman’s Letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2021 Remuneration Report provides information about

the remuneration of its most senior executives and explains how

performance has been linked to reward outcomes at Downer for

the 2021 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2020, 99.3%

of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour of the 2020

Remuneration Report. The structure of the 2021 Remuneration

Report has been prepared with the same objective of providing

readers with a transparent view of key performance and

outcomes using the report structure adopted in previous years.

A strong future

Several decisions have been made since the last Chairman’s

Letter with a clear objective to create a stronger platform for

long-term, sustainable growth and position Downer as one of

the largest integrated providers of Urban Services in Australia

and New Zealand.

These include:

–Acquiring the remaining interests in Spotless

–Selling the RTL joint venture, Open Cut Mining West, Blasting

Services, Snowden, and Otraco businesses as well as exiting

the Underground Mining business and selling 70% of the

Laundries business, delivering on the strategy to exit the

capital-intensive Mining and Laundries businesses and

significantly decreasing the Group’s carbon emissions profile

–Exploring options to sell the Open Cut Mining East and

Hospitality businesses

–Commencing an on-market share buy-back to return surplus

funds from the divestment program to shareholders.

The acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless continues

the reshaping of Downer as an Urban Services business with

resilient earnings, long-term customer relationships and more

predictable cash flows.

Many of the activities that Downer’s people perform every

day have potential risks and ensuring they remain safe is of

paramount importance. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate at 30 June 2021 was 0.99 and the Total Recordable

Injury Frequency Rate was 2.60. Downer’s culture and our

commitment to continuous improvement in Zero Harm remain

core strategic objectives.

Key remuneration issues in 2021

Staff and management responded well to the COVID-19 pandemic

and, continued to work toward our Zero Harm objectives.

As outlined above, our executive team effected significant

transformation in 2021 that positions the Company for more

sustainable and less volatile revenues, earnings and cash flows

and which will maximize long term shareholder value.

The remaining core businesses are scalable, permitting our

balance sheet strength to be deployed for further investment,

including bolt-on acquisitions.

These transformative activities should position management

well for the 2021 long-term incentive (LTI) grant vesting in 2024.

While early into the performance period, current projections are

for vesting above 80%.

The Board also considered the base value for the EPS

component of the 2021 LTI plan, from which performance will be

measured. The Company’s policy is to add back any items that

were outside of the underlying statutory result when setting the

base value. The Board decided that this adjustment be increased

by an additional $10 million of earnings to ensure that any future

reward is appropriate.

The impact of major divestments or acquisitions on executive

remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching

concern is to ensure executives:

–Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget and

business plan; and

–Consider potential acquisition or divestment

opportunities without the influence of their impact

on remuneration outcomes.

For these and other reasons, where a transaction is both

material and unbudgeted, the Board’s policy is that it should

remove the impact of the transaction when calculating the key

performance indicators on which executive performance is

measured. This ensures that executives are ‘no better or worse

off’ as a result of the transaction.

In 2021, adjustments were made in respect of the acquisition

of the remaining interests in Spotless and the divestments,

in line with policy.

22 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

There were two items in 2021 which significantly affected

statutory results, which were the fair value adjustment on

the Downer Contingent Share Options issued as part of the

consideration for its acquisition of the remaining interests in

Spotless and the implementation of the International Financial

Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (IFRIC)

decision on Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud

Computing Arrangement which requires certain software

development costs to be expensed as they are incurred.

Link between Downer performance and

reward outcomes

Downer’s remuneration framework for key senior employees

has been very successful in aligning Downer’s strategy and

the creation of alignment between senior executives and

shareholders. As set out in this Remuneration Report, Downer’s

remuneration strategy continues to provide:

–A significant proportion of remuneration being ‘at risk’ linked

to clear, objective measures

–A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short-term

incentive entitlement

–For deferral of 50% of short-term incentive payments over

a further two-year period

–The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed

analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s

remuneration arrangements.


R M Harding T G Handicott

Chairman Remuneration Committee Chairman

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 23

Remuneration Report – AUDITED

The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), which

means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2021. The term ‘executive’ in this

Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1. Year in Review

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

4. Relationship Between Remuneration Policy and Company Performance

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

8. Executive Equity Ownership

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

10. Related Party Information

11. Description of Non-executive Director Remuneration.

24 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

1. Year in Review

1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward plans

based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant

sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements since 2020

Short-term incentive (STI) planThe environmental sustainability, critical risk and Zero Harm leadership measures for the Zero

Harm element have been further refined, building upon previous improvements to move with

and support growth in organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero

Harm improvement through requiring executives, in addition to achieving lagging indicator

performance, to:

–Undertake a materiality assessment and identify two material Sustainable Development

Goals, develop improvement plans for them and achieve their first-year targets

–Evidence that the relevant business unit is on track to achieve its science-based

decarbonisation target

–Review all critical controls for at least 2 critical risk activities amongst the top 5 critical risks

of the business unit and develop a plan to raise the effectiveness for the 5 least effective

critical controls for each of those activities

–Lead and finalise a Community of Practice to improve a critical control that has application

across the Group

–Achieve independent confirmation that critical control information is fully integrated into all

aspects of the operating management system and processes, including risk registers, and

the use of Bow Ties for investigations

–Complete all actions arising from high potential incidents within a defined timeframe

–Deliver Critical Control Verification Programs, perform a minimum number of critical

risk observations by senior executives within their business, across businesses, and in

partnership with clients and maintain an active program of audits and inspections

–Continuing from Downer’s implementation of an accredited Group-wide Zero Harm

management system, achieve independent confirmation of removal of legacy systems as

well as achievement of all certification requirements.

Long-term incentive (LTI) plan

– EPS component

The Company adds back any items that were outside of the underlying statutory result to the

earnings value when setting the base year value from which performance is measured over the

performance period. The Board recognised that the calculated starting value was impacted

by the events of 2020 and accordingly increased the base year earnings by an additional

$10 million to ensure that any future reward is appropriate.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 25

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

R M HardingChairman, Independent Non-executive Director

G A FennManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer

P S GarlingIndependent Non-executive Director

T G HandicottIndependent Non-executive Director

N M HollowsIndependent Non-executive Director

C G ThorneIndependent Non-executive Director (retired 13 July 2020)

P L WatsonIndependent Non-executive Director

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

ExecutiveRole

S CinerariChief Operating Officer – Australian Operations

M J Ferguson Chief Financial Officer

S L KilleenChief Executive Officer – New Zealand

P J TompkinsChief Executive Officer – Spotless

26 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

3. Remuneration Policy, Principles and Practices

3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven

performers, and those

considered to have high

potential for succession

–Provide remuneration that is internally fair

–Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market

–Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance –Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets

–Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement

–Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made

–Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple years

and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero Harm

environment

–Incorporate measures that embody Zero Harm for Downer’s employees, contractors, communities

and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk –Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity-based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested

–Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and cap

maximum incentive payments

–Do not provide excessive ‘cliff’ reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached

–Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one measure

in both short-term and long-term incentive plans

–Stagger vesting of deferred short-term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments

–Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive risk taking

–Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests

with those of shareholders

–Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is linked

to shareholder value performance

–Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against challenging

targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic conditions as well as

relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to shareholder value

–Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director

–Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments from

performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness

–Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and payment

of LTI components in shares

–Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment with

shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

–Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced executives

from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 27

4. Relationship Between Remuneration Policy

and Company Performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

–Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents

–Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community

and Indigenous partnerships

–Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value

add services that improve propositions for customers and

exporting established core competencies into new overseas

markets with current customers of the Company

–Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and

reduce cyclical volatility

–Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency

–Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value

–Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements this

strategy by:

–Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements

for both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPATA),

Free Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to encourage

cross- divisional collaboration

–Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to

reduce working capital and debt exposure

–Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency

–Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure

–Excluding the short-term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and

growth consistent with strategy

–Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus

–Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure

–Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI to maintain the

Company’s position as a Zero Harm leader and employer and

service provider of choice, thereby delivering a competitive

advantage

–Encouraging engagement with, and the development and

retention of, its people to help maintain a sustainable supply

of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

–Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to

vary with short-term and long-term performance

–Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an STI

calculation for executives is made

–Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be achieved

before calculating any reward for safety or environmental

performance

–Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures

to assess performance

–Ensuring that these measures focus management on

strategic business objectives that create shareholder value

–Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity for

alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key corporate

measures:

–Earnings per share (EPS) growth

–Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX 100

companies (excluding ASX ‘Financials’ sector companies)

–G r o u p N PATA

–Divisional EBITA

–FFO

–Engagement with Downer’s people

–Zero Harm measures of safety and environmental

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance

on these key measures.

28 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX 100 over the five-year period

to 30 June 2021.

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

Jun

2016

Dec

2016

Jun

2017

Dec

2017

Jun

2018

Dec

2018

Jun

2021

Jun

2019

Dec

2019

Jun

2020

Dec

2020

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2018

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the last five years.

Net profit after taxFree cash flow

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

235.5

1

181.5

247.8

1

258.3

2

(155.7)

$’m

2017

2018

2020

2019

2021

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

500

431.5

3

203.0

3

178.3

3

185.7

4

(219.1)

$’m

2017

2018

2020

2019

2021

1 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually

significant items.

2 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

3 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for

Spotless shares.

4 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions.

Basic earnings per share

5

Safety

6

-30

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

25.4

35.1

10.5

42.1

(26.1)

Cents per share

2017

2018

2020

2019

2021

1000

1200

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries

per 1,000,000 hours

2017

2018

2020

2019

2021

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0.55

0.99

0.57

0.78

0.67

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

5 Historical basic earnings per share were restated as a result of 106.6 million

shares issued from the capital raising as part of the acquisition of the remaining

shares in Spotless. The weighted average number of shares (WANOS) to

calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.9817.

6 Safety data for 2021 includes Hawkins and Spotless. Safety data for 2017

to 2020 excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 29

5. The Board’s Role in Remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve executive

and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in respect of:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policy

–Remuneration of senior executives of the Company

–Executive reward and its impact on risk management

–Executive incentive plans

–Equity-based incentive plans

–Superannuation arrangements

–Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel and

senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director

–Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report

–Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration arrangements

for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisors without seeking approval of the Board or management.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its advisor. Guerdon Associates Pty

Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

30 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

6. Description of Executive Remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for performance

periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for performance over a

three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget for

the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned with

shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives, the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Target STI

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum STI

% of fixed

remuneration

M a x i m u m LT I

% of fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a

% of fixed

remuneration

Managing Director75100100200

Executives appointed prior to 20117510075175

Executives appointed from 201156.257550125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

–Market practice

–The service period before executives can receive equity rewards

–The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators

–The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive rewards

have vested.

6.2 Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor vehicles,

car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of remuneration

are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will be made.

No adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012, other than a voluntarily reduction in

his fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 March 2020 to 30 June 2020 in recognition of the likely impact of the coronavirus

pandemic on Downer and its people. The funds from this voluntary remuneration reduction, along with contributions from Directors and

other executives, were used to establish a fund to provide financial assistance to Downer and Spotless employees experiencing severe

hardship.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 31

6.3 Short-term Incentive

6.3.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2021 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12-month period

–Improve Zero Harm and people related results

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12-month performance.

Minimum performance ‘gateway’

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Division EBITA for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned –KMP appointed pre-2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can be

earned on achieving target

expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Individual Performance Modifier

(IPM)

–An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators

and relative performance

–Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding

performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across

all participants

–Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out

in Section 6.1.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021.

Performance assessedAugust 2021, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period after

performance period for payment

to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2021 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of

the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of 25%

of the award.

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An

eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute

discretion of the Board.

Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:

–Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STI performance measures were tested

were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated

–Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI

in the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of

the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the

unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion

to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the

executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.

32 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

6.3.2 STI overview

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2021.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met.

For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For Divisional executives, the gateway is based

on the Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for Corporate executives and EBITA for Divisional

executives. This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive and deliver an acceptable return

for the funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic

transactions are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or negative) is

considered on a case by case basis.

As noted in Section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining

50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred

component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition.

The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive

remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage

executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting

of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, and will

generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited. However,

the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive

is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage of payAn individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed

remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in Section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional

scorecard result

As a principle, ‘target’ achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and maximums

are also set.

Individual Performance Modifier

(IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key

performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set

between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the

Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percentage x scorecard result x IPM.

6.3.4 STI performance requirements

Overall performance is assessed on Group NPATA, Divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy. NPATA and EBITA provide

transparency on operational business performance, align with how Downer presents its results to the market and allow for easier

understanding of alignment between performance and remuneration outcomes. The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as:

–The Board is the ultimate decision maker for transactions that give rise to acquired intangibles that result in the amortisation expense

–The impact of amortisation of acquired intangibles, which in nature relate to long-term strategic decisions, remains reflected in

incentive outcomes through the EPS measure in the LTI plan.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 33

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received

from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less

investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element

includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the

communities in which it operates.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

MeasureTarget

Safety

Total Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

( LT I F R )

Achieve TRIFR and LTIFR below defined threshold for area of responsibility. TRIFR is calculated

as the number of recordable injuries per million hours calculated over 12 months.

LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries per million hours calculated over 12 months.

Environmental

Sustainability and GHG emissions

reduction

Undertake a materiality assessment and identify two material Sustainable Development Goals,

develop improvement plans for them and achieve their first-year targets.

Evidence that the relevant business unit is on track to achieve its science-based decarbonisation

target.

Critical RiskReview all critical controls for at least 2 critical risk activities amongst the top 5 critical risks of the

business unit and develop a plan to raise the effectiveness for the 5 least effective critical controls

for each of those activities.

Lead and finalise a Community of Practice to improve a critical control that has application

across the Group.

Achieve independent confirmation that critical control information is fully integrated into all

aspects of the operating management system and processes, including risk registers, and the

use of Bow Ties for investigations.

Zero Harm LeadershipCompletion of all actions arising from high potential incidents within a defined timeframe.

Delivery of Critical Control Verification Programs, performance of a minimum number of

critical risk observations by senior executives within their business, across businesses, and

in partnership with clients; and maintenance of an active program of audits and inspections.

Continuing from Downer’s implementation of a single accredited Group-wide Zero Harm

management system, achieve independent confirmation of removal of legacy systems as well

as achievement of all certification requirements.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

Weightings applied to the 2021 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the table below.

ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business Unit7. 5%22.5%30%

( 7. 5% Group,

22.5% Division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% Division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved,

up to the maximum for that executive.

Specific details of STI performance outcomes are set out in Section 7.3.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it

will be disclosed.

34 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

6.4 Long-term Incentive

6.4.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2021 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three-year period

–Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

–Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration

–KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023.

Performance assessedAugust 2023.

Additional service period

after performance period

for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest unless

executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2024.

Performance rights vestJuly 2024.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted to

each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the

TSR of companies comprising the ASX 100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start of

the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2023.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR test

is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition

that qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro-rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile

and 75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 35

Performance conditionsEPS growth

The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth over

the three years to 30 June 2023.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth test

is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS condition

that qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro-rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPATA and FFO for each of the

three years to 30 June 2023. These measures are considered to be key drivers of shareholder value.

Accordingly, they have been included in the LTI plan to reward sustainable financial performance.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test

is shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard condition

that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro-rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

How performance rights and

shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital restructures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-market.

The Board retains the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration

Committee. Approval requires that trading complies with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participantsNew executives (either new starters or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on the

first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional pro-rata

entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year may be

made on a discretionary basis.

Ceasing executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive.

In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

36 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

6.4.2 LTI overview

Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based

plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company

performance over three-year measures of performance.

Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the

maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive targets

for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market

practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The

performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or

voting rights. If all the vesting requirements are satisfied, the

performance rights will vest and the executives will receive

shares in the Company or cash at the discretion of the Board.

The 2021 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights

to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a

performance condition and a continued employment condition.

Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject

to an independent performance requirement. The performance

requirements for each tranche will share two common features:

–Once minimum performance conditions are met, the

proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting

commences at 30% and gradually increases pro-rata with

performance. This approach provides a strong motivation

for meeting minimum performance, but avoids a large ‘cliff’

which may encourage excessive risk taking

–The maximum reward is capped at a ‘stretch’ performance

level that is considered attainable without excessive

risk taking.

Performance for the 2021 LTI grants will be measured over the

three-year period to 30 June 2023.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be

calculated in August 2023, but executives will be required

to remain in service until 30 June 2024 to be eligible to

receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to

the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board

will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability

or retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board

will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction

that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board

determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud,

defalcation or gross misconduct or in other circumstances at

the discretion of the Board.

6.4.3 Performance requirements

One tranche of performance rights in the 2021 LTI grant will

qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other

companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights

will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute

performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first

tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder

return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share

price over the performance period, plus the value of shares

earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,

expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning

of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the

comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median

TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile

TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for

75% of the comparison companies.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 37

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR

performance requirement applies will vest pro-rata between the

median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at

the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the

52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2021 LTI grants will be the

companies, excluding financial services companies, in the

ASX 100 index as at the start of the performance period on

1 July 2020. Consideration has been given to using a smaller

group of direct competitors for comparison, however:

–Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct

competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from

period to period

–Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s

ranking among ASX 100 companies has become embedded

in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to

dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per

Share (EPS) growth over the three-year performance period

to 30 June 2023. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133

Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS

performance condition will vest pro-rata between 5% compound

annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level of 5%

to 100% at 10% compound annual EPS growth. Capping reduces

the tendency for excessive risk taking and volatility that may

be encouraged if the annual compound EPS growth bar is set

above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

third tranche of performance rights is based on the Scorecard

condition over the three-year performance period to

30 June 2023.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

–Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging

targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market

conditions, for a portion of LTI awards

–Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach

to achieving annual financial performance targets

–Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase

motivation and focus on consistent performance

–Focus on performance sustainability through reward of

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets

over the long term.

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent

absolute components of equal weighting. These components

are based on Group NPATA and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the

three-year period to 30 June 2023.

NPATA and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the

three financial years. The performance of each component will

be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of

each component will be determined as the average of the annual

performance assessments for the three years. The performance

rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum three-year average component performance level

of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three-year

average component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure

are outlined below:

TimingActions

At the beginning

of the plan

Weighting of components is

determined. In 2021 the components

are equally weighted.

At the beginning of

each financial year

NPATA and FFO target performance

levels are set.

At the end of each

financial year

–Calculate actual performance

–Assess actual performance compared

to target to determine performance

percentage for the year.

At the end of

three years

–Calculate average annual performance

for each component

–Calculate award based on performance

against the vesting range.

At the end of

four years

Consider the continued service condition

and determine vesting.

38 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

6.4.4 Post-vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue to hold shares

after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has been

attained. This guideline requires that the Managing Director

holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value to 100%

of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s shareholding

is currently well in excess of the guideline.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce

alignment with shareholder interests. The Remuneration

Committee has discretion to allow variations from this

guideline requirement.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional

circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the

reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a

long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.

On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these

transactions. Where a transaction is both material and

unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate

to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on

which executive performance is measured. The objective of any

adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through

an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be

fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive payments.

That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse off’ as a result

of the transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions

to a transaction as the Board believes that management is

accountable for those outcomes.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

–Ensures that executives and the Board consider these

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer

–Means executives remain accountable for transaction

execution and post-transaction performance from the next

budget cycle

–Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions

that are in the long-term interests of shareholders

–Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when

considering the value of major transactions to

Downer’s shareholders

–Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing

its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when they

emerge rather than being constrained by the annual

budget process.

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results

of acquired businesses are excluded for a period of 12 months

post acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for

the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s

Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented

through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this

transition to Downer’s framework takes place over a longer

period due to the complexity of the implementation or the

maturity profile of the acquired business, the Board will consider

an extension to a more appropriate period. During 2021, the

integration of Hawkins and Spotless into the Downer Zero Harm

Framework reached an appropriate stage for their inclusion in

the Group’s lagging performance measures.

6.6 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by

significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers

whether to adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on a

case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances relevant

to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it

ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely

based on the best interests of Downer.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 39

7. Details of Executive Remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2021 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash, and a LTI in the form of

performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2021 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash STIs

relating to 2021, deferred STIs payable in 2021 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2021 financial

year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at Section 7.2 which shows the accounting expense

of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2021 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants that vested

during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect of

current year

2

$

Deferred Bonus

paid or payable

in respect of

prior years

4

$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity that

vested during

2021

3

$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

G A Fenn2,084,302861,500373,4003,319,2021,195,7464,514,948

S Cinerari1,119,923473,825240,7901,834,538448,4002,282,938

M J Ferguson1,000,000323,063140,0251,463,088224,2041,687, 292

S L Killeen938,299306,360150,5731,395,232–1,395,232

P J Tompkins1,000,000321,22599,7791,421,004209,2511,630,255

6,142,5242,285,9731,004,5679,433,0642,077,60111,510,665

1 Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2021 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the

award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in Section 6.3.

3 Represents the value of performance rights granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of performance rights that vested multiplied

by the closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2021, being the second deferred component of the 2019 award, being 25% of the award.

40 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

7.2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

2021Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable

in respect

of current

year

1

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

3

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

2

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,723,306861,500483,425339,30221,694––3,429,227(116,059)3,313,168

S Cinerari1,078,306473,82527 7,69115,56626,051––1,871,439(61,165)1,810, 274

M J Ferguson965,904323,063181,28412,40221,694––1,504,3474,0981,508,445

S L Killeen905,749306,36017 7, 8 417232 ,478––1,422,5001,7331,424,233

P J Tompkins959,525321,225167,10318,78121,694––1,488,32821,0391,509,367

5,632,7902,285,9731 , 287, 344386,123123,611––9,715,841(150,354)9,565,487

1 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2021 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the award.

2 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in Section 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities remains

subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in Section 6.4.

3 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2021 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

In recognition of the likely impact of COVID-19 on Downer and its people, the Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer – New Zealand

and Chief Executive Officer – Spotless decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 50% for the period 1 March 2020 to

30 June 2020 and the other KMP decided to voluntarily reduce their fixed remuneration by 30% for the same period.

2020Short-term employee benefitsPost-employment benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash

Bonus

paid or

payable

in respect

of current

year

2

$

Deferred

Bonus

paid or

payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Te r m -

ination

Benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-

based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn1,490,664–451,217316,82121,003––2,279,705793,5203,073,225

S Cinerari996,497–282,75516,30130,063––1,325,616332,5561,658,172

M J Ferguson891,596–161,32812,40221,003––1,086,329208,5781,294,907

S L Killeen804,223–161,745–37, 368––1,003,336278,3691,281,705

B C Petersen

1

162,430–30,976–3,162––196,56851,454248,022

P J Tompkins843,346–116 , 5 4113,27721,003––994,167213,7661, 207,93 3

5,188,756–1,204,562358,801133,602–-6,885,7211,878,2438,763,964

1 Amounts represent the expense relating to the period during which the individual was a KMP.

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2020 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in Section 8.3 and an estimate of the fair value of grants to be

made in respect of the 2020 financial year attributable to the period. Vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions

as outlined in Section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2020 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 41

7.3 Performance related remuneration

7.3.1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2021 that are performance and

non-performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2021 due to the

achievement of the relevant performance targets.

Proportion of 2021 remuneration2021 Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

%

Non-performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn

1

37%63%86%14%

S Cinerari

1

38%62%86%14%

M J Ferguson34%66%86%14%

S L Killeen34%66%88%12%

P J Tompkins

1

34%66%86%14%

1 Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in Section 6.4.

42 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

7.3.2 STI performance outcomes

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For Corporate executives, the hurdle is

90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA. For Divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the

Division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBITA.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported.

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Group

N PATA

Divisional

E B I TA

Group

FFO

Divisional

FFO

Zero

HarmPeople

Weighting of scorecard elementCorporate30.030.030.010.0

Division7. 522.57. 522.530.010.0

Percentage of the element achievedCorporate7 7. 2100.0100.030.0

Division

1

7 7. 289.9100.0100.093.824.8

1 Performance includes the results for each Division for each element, even if the EBITA gateway was not achieved.

The following table sets out the performance achieved by each KMP across each element of the scorecard.

G A Fenn, M J Ferguson and S Cinerari

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA )

FFO

S L Killeen

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

P J Tompkins

ElementMeasure

Below

ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

For 2021, the IPM applied to each member of the KMP remained at 1.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 43

7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant

executives

1

Relevant LTI measurePerformance outcome% LTI tranche that vested

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2018 plan – performance period 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2020

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked

at the 18th percentile based

on a TSR result of –17.9%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was

–186.6%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT

and FFO performance against budget

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was 41.1%

for NPAT and 49.7% for FFO.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

M J Ferguson,

P J Tompkins

2019 plan – performance period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021

2

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX 100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked

at the 30th percentile based

on a TSR result of –8.4%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was

–4.3%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT

and FFO performance against budget

over a three-year period.

Actual performance was 54.3%

for NPAT and 63.6% for FFO.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

1 Relevant executive refers to members of the KMP who are participants in the plan tested.

2 Test outcomes for the 2019 plan are provisional and will be confirmed following release of the Company’s audited 2021 results. Accordingly, the outcomes are not reflected

in the disclosures in Section 8.

7.4 Major transactions and significant items

7.4.1 Major transactions

In 2021 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its urban services strategy, creating efficient market positions to

deliver long-term shareholder value through restructuring, partnering, divestments and acquisitions.

Downer undertook three transactions during 2021. These transactions were the acquisition of the remaining interests in Spotless and

divestment of Mining businesses of Snowden, Downer Blasting Services, Open Cut Mining West and Downer’s 50% interest in the RTL

joint venture, and 70% of the Laundries business.

In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each transaction on incentive outcomes and determined that:

–The acquisition of the remaining interests in Spotless was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes

–The divestment of the Mining businesses of Snowden, Downer Blasting Services, Open Cut Mining West and 50% interest in the

RTL joint venture were material, unbudgeted transactions for which it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes

–The divestment of 70% of the Laundries business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes.

44 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

7.4.2 Significant items

During the year, two items had a significant impact. The Board considers such items at the end of each performance period and

whether it is appropriate to adjust for their impact on incentive outcomes.

The Board considered it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for the following items:

ItemDescription

Fair value adjustment on

the Downer Contingent

Share Options

In September 2020, Downer issued contingent share options as part of the consideration for its

acquisition of the remaining interests in Spotless.

The options are required to be remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. For 2021, the options

were revalued upwards by $16.6 million post-tax, resulting in an unbudgeted expense.

Issuing the securities in order to acquire the remaining interests in Spotless was considered to be in the

best interests of Downer.

It was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Software-as-a-Service

(SaaS) arrangements

In March 2021 the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) issued

a decision on Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (IAS 138

Intangible Assets). The decision requires that where a customer does not control a Software-as-a-Service

product, customisation costs are required to be expensed rather than capitalised.

Downer’s accounting policy has historically been to capitalise all costs related to SaaS arrangements

as intangible assets in the Statement of Financial Position. The adoption of the decision resulted in the

classification of costs incurred in the year as unbudgeted expense of $9.9 million post-tax.

It was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 45

7.4.3 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items

The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of major transactions and significant

items. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the transactions and significant items so that

performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.

MeasureAdjustmentImpact on STIImpact on LTI

N PATANet increase of $51.8 million comprised of:

–Exclusion of $16.6 million of fair value movement on Downer

Contingent Share Option (DCSO) liability

–Exclusion of the costs of termination of Spotless financing

arrangement of $3.0 million (post-tax)

–Exclusion of net loss on divestment of Mining division,

including the loss of operating earnings since the

divestment net of interest expense of $20.6 million

(post-tax)

–Exclusion of net impact on divestment of Laundries

business, including the loss of operating earnings since the

divestment net of interest expense of $1.7 million (post-tax)

–Exclusion of customisation costs on SaaS arrangements as

a result of the change in accounting policy of $9.9 million

(post-tax).

For Corporate scorecard

participants:

–The gateway was met; and

–77.2% of the NPATA measure

was achieved.

For New Zealand scorecard

participants, a decrease from

100.0% to 90.0% of the measure

being achieved.

For Spotless scorecard

participants:

–The gateway was met; and

–89.8% of the NPATA measure

was achieved.

No change.

FFONet decrease of $313.1 million comprised of:

–Exclusion of $134.5 million payment of consideration for

Spotless acquisition and $4.4 million transaction costs paid

–Exclusion of $311.6 million proceeds from the divestment of

Mining businesses net of transaction costs and $2.9 million

net interest benefits

–Exclusion of $136.2 million proceeds from the divestment of

Laundries business net of transaction costs and $1.3 million

net interest benefits.

No change.No change.

EPSThe use of NPAT adjusted as set out above.Not applicable.No change.

TSRNo adjustments were made.Not applicable.Not applicable.

7.4.4 Future periods

For major transactions completed in 2021, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2022 budget and accordingly no

adjustments are expected in respect of FY22 operational performance.

7.5 Variances from policy

There was one variation from policy in 2021.

2021 Long-term Incentive plan EPS measure

The Company’s policy is to add back any items that were outside of the underlying statutory result to the earnings value when setting

the base value EPS from which performance will be measured. The Board recognised that the calculated starting value was impacted

by the events of 2020 and accordingly decided that this adjustment be increased by an additional $10 million of earnings when

calculating the base year EPS in order to ensure that any future reward is appropriate.

46 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

8. Executive Equity Ownership

8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2020

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2021

No.

Balance at

1 July 2020

No.

Net Change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2021

No.

G A Fenn1,582,218467, 5 5 42,049,772923,646(297,898)625,748

S Cinerari263,219(9 0, 3 5 4)172,865358,823(112,237)246,586

M J Ferguson2,00090,69492,694196,577(43,986)152,591

S L Killeen15,52835,19850,726132,0459,430141,475

P J Tompkins185,511100,493286,004192,576(36,139)156,437

8.2 Preference shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid preference shares issued by Works Finance (NZ) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Downer EDI

Limited, are as follows:

Preference shares

Balance at

1 July 2020

No.

Net change

No.

Balance at

30 June 2021

No.

S L Killeen3,000–3,000

8.3 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2021 financial year.

As foreshadowed in 2020, grants in relation to 2020 were made during the 2021 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2021 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory

requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year, the

LTI plan for the 2021 financial year was approved as outlined in section 6.4 of this report; however due to restructuring of the Group,

grants of performance rights have not yet been made to KMP, however they are expected to be made in early 2022. This means that

grants in relation to 2021 and 2022 are expected to be made during the 2022 financial year.

Consistent with the ASX Listing Rules for the adjustment of the quantity of rights and options on issue at the time of new share issues,

the quantity of unlapsed rights granted to executives under the 2018 and 2019 plans was adjusted by the ASX Adjustment Factor of

0.9812 in respect of the bonus element of the accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer made during the year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2017 Plan2018 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn503,52657. 5–338,524–100

S Cinerari188,82257. 5–13 9,6 41–100

M J Ferguson94,41157. 5–71,936–100

S L Killeen–––67, 509–100

P J Tompkins88,11657. 5–67,705–100

1 Grant date 21 June 2017. Expiry date is 1 July 2020. The fair value of shares granted was $5.29 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $4.61 per share for the TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 21 June 2018. Expiry date is 1 July 2021. The fair value of shares granted was $6.12 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.38 per share for the TSR tranche.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 47

2019 Plan2020 Plan

Number of

performance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number of

performance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn307, 573––318,175––

S Cinerari115,340––131,246––

M J Ferguson73,048––79,543––

S L Killeen67,066––74,409––

P J Tompkins76,894––79,543––

1 Grant date 3 June 2019. Expiry date is 1 July 2022. The fair value of shares granted was $5.93 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $2.22 per share for the TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 21 October 2020. Expiry date is 1 July 2023. The fair value of shares granted was $4.36 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.14 per share for the TSR tranche.

The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares for the vesting year

1

202220232024

G A Fenn–307, 573318,175

S Cinerari–115,340131,246

M J Ferguson–73,04879,543

S L Killeen–67,06674,409

P J Tompkins–76,89479,543

1 The quantity of performance rights that may vest in future years has been adjusted in the 2021 financial year to reflect the discount to the market price of the Company’s

shares offered to shareholders in the equity raising announced on 21 July 2020. The adjustment factor of 0.9812 is based on the theoretical ex-rights price (TERP) of $4.18

divided by the last share price prior to the announcement of the equity raising. The quantities in this table are after this adjustment.

The maximum expense for performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in

accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period. In respect of the 2021 plan an estimated expense has been

recognised that will be trued up following formal valuation after the grants have been made.

202220232024

G A Fenn885,059530,711269,277

S Cinerari351,796218,915111,075

M J Ferguson216,835132,67767, 319

S L Killeen201,377124,11262,973

P J Tompkins221,263132,67767, 319

8.4 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to KMP,

but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2,

9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by KMP to whom the advice may relate, because strict

protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd and management, and

because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

48 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

9. Key Terms of Employment Contracts

9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice

period by Downer

Termination notice

period by employee

Termination payments

payable under contract

Managing Director12 months6 months12 months

Other Executives12 months6 months12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key terms

of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed remuneration$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to reimbursement

for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and salary continuance

insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the Chairman’s discretion.

There was no such travel during the year.

STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets

developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental

and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains the

right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of performance. The STI

deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the financial

year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration

calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in Section 6.4.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro-rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with

performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already been

tested, have met performance requirements, and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 49

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:

(a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities.

In these circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board,

his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment

in lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past

services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the

Downer Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, moral

rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate governance and a

provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be made to Mr Fenn.

50 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

10. Related Party Information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of

Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee,

customer or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no

more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an

arm’s length basis and included:

–The receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited

–Participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan

–Terms and conditions of employment

–Reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in

other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group

on terms and conditions no more favourable than those available

on an arm’s length basis.

11. Description of Non-executive Director

Remuneration

11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to

provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain

Directors with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement

to steward the Company.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to

the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes

this is necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their

independence.

There was no change to the level of Non-executive Director fees

since the prior reporting period.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million

for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation

of fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been

determined after consideration of a number of factors, including

the time commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the

Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the

quantum of fees paid to Non-executive Directors of comparable

companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum

(inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The other

Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee of $150,000

per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are paid for

Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair of the Audit and Risk

Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm

Committee, Remuneration Committee, Rail Projects Committee

and Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new

Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of

the Board changes, or at least every three years. Reference

is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and

workload (i.e. number of meetings and the number of Directors)

at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the

financial services sector, and the fee pools at these companies.

In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility

provided by the fee pool to recruit any additional Directors for

planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

A review of fees was conducted during the year. The review

found that base fees paid to the Chairman and Non-executive

Directors remained appropriate however fees paid for chairing or

serving as a member of a committee were below market levels.

Accordingly it was determined that the following changes in fees

apply from 1 July 2021:

– Fees be set at a fixed value inclusive of superannuation,

rather than a fee plus superannuation at the superannuation

guarantee rate

–Increase in the Chairman fees for the Remuneration

Committee to $27,000 from $16,425

–Increase in the Chairman fees for the Zero Harm Committee

to $27,000 from $16,425

–Increase in the Chairman fees for the Tender Risk Evaluation

Committee to $17,000 from $16,425

–Introducing of fees for committee members at the rate of

50% of the respective committee Chairman fee.

The impact of these changes based on the current configuration

of the Board is approximately $92,626 per annum.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits.

All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory

superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 51

11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2021 and 2020 financial years.

In recognition of the impact of the coronavirus pandemic on the Company and its people, Directors’ fees were reduced for the period

1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 by 50% for the Chairman and 30% for the other Non-executive Directors.

Ye a r

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Board fee

$

Chair fee

$

Total fees

$

Super-

annuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

R M Harding2021375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

2020328,125–328,12531,172–359,297

P S Garling2021150,00013,750163,75015,556–179,306

2020138,75013,875152,62514,499–167,124

T G Handicott2021150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

2020138,75013,875152,62514,499–167,124

N M Hollows2021150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575

2020138,75032,375171,12516,257–187,382

C G Thorne

1

20215,766–5,766548–6,314

2020138,75019,167157,91715,002–172,919

P L Watson2021150,00028 , 3 47178 , 3 4716,943–195,290

2020138,7508,583147,33313,997–161,330

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individual was a Non-executive Director.

11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2021 and 2020 financial years.

20212020

Balance at

1 July 2020Net change

Balance at

30 June 2021

Balance at

1 July 2019Net change

Balance at

30 June 2020

R M Harding28,8565,17234,02828,856–28,856

P S Garling19,9623,57823,54019,962–19,962

T G Handicott17,0003 ,04720,04714,0003,00017,000

N M Hollows3,00012,53815,5383,000–3,000

P L Watson6,32911,60417,93 3–6,3296,329

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors.

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 12 August 2021

52 Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2021

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for

the financial year ended 30 June 2021 there have been:

i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the

Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit

.

KPMG

Nigel Virgo

Partner

Sydney

12 August 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Annual Report 2021 53

Independent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 30 June 2021


KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.




Independent Auditor’s Report


To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report


Opinion

We have audited the

Financial Report

of

Downer EDI Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial

Report of the Company is in accordance

with the Corporations Act 2001, including:



giving a true and fair view of the

Group

’s financial position as at 30

June 2021 and of its financial

performance for the year ended on

that date; and



complying with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations

Regulations 2001.

The

Financial Report

comprises:



Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30

June 2021



Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other

comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of

changes in equity, and Consolidated statement of

cash flows for the year then ended



Notes including a summary of significant accounting

policies



Directors’ Declaration.

The

Group

consists of the Company and the entities it

controlled at the year-end or from time to time during

the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for

the audit of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical

requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics

for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our

audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in

accordance with the Code.



54 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT




Key Audit Matters

The

Key Audit Matters

we identified are:



Recognition of revenue



Value of goodwill

Key Audit Matters

are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the Financial Report of the current period.

These matters were addressed in the context of our

audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming

our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Recognition of revenue

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue’ ($11,530.2m)

The key audit matter


How the matter was addressed in our audit


Recognition of revenue is a key audit matter

due to the:


Significance of revenue to the financial

statements; and


Large number of contracts with numerous

estimation events potentially occurring over

the course of the contract’s life. This

results in complex and judgemental

revenue recognition from rendering of

services and construction contracts and

therefore significant audit effort is required

to gather sufficient audit evidence for

revenue recognition.

We focused on the Group’s assessment of the

following elements of revenue recognition for

rendering of services and construction

contracts, as applicable:


Revisions to total expected costs for

certain events or conditions occurring

during the performance of the contract, or

are expected to occur to complete the

contract, which is difficult to estimate;


The Group’s assessment of when a

modification to the contract scope and/or

price for variations and claims is approved

and enforceable. The Group’s consideration

of the enforceability or approval may

include evidence that is written, oral or

implied by customary business practice and

therefore requires a degree of judgement.

The Group’s assessment of the

enforceability of variations and claims can

Our procedures included:


We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

process of accounting for rendering of

services and construction contract revenues.

We considered the appropriateness of the

Group’s accounting policy for rendering of

services and construction contract revenues,

including variations and claims and variable

consideration, against the requirements of the

accounting standards. We tested key controls

such as:


Management’s review and approval of bid

information including estimated project

milestones, projected Earnings Before

Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value

(NPV), Return On Funds Employed

(ROFE), and potential legal risks;


Management’s review of key contracts

where events or conditions have occurred

that require changes to revenue

recognition;


The Group’s requirement to obtain

customer acceptance prior to billing an

invoice.


We selected a statistical sample of revenue

recognised and checked to customer approval

of the service being performed or cash

received.


We used data analytic routines to select a

sample of contracts for testing based on a

number of quantitative and qualitative factors.

These factors included contracts with

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Annual Report 2021 55




drive different accounting treatments,

increasing the risk of inappropriately

recognising revenue; and


The Group’s policy for the determination of

the amount of revenue recognised from

variable consideration which is highly

probable of not reversing. Variable

consideration is contingent on the Group’s

performance and includes key performance

payments, abatements offsetting revenue

under the contract and liquidated damages.

The Group's determination that variable

consideration is highly probable requires a

degree of estimation and judgement. This

increased the audit effort we applied to

gather sufficient audit evidence.


significant deterioration in margin, significant

variations and claims or variable consideration.

We also included factors which indicated to us

a greater level of judgement was required by

the Group when assessing the revenue

recognition based on the estimates developed

for current and forecast contract performance.

For the samples selected, where relevant:


we read the selected contract terms and

conditions to evaluate the individual

characteristics of each contract reflected

in the Group’s estimate of revenue;


we assessed the estimation of total

expected costs, including cost

contingencies for contracting risks, by

challenging the Group’s project and

finance managers on their estimations.

We also checked key forecast cost

assumptions to underlying documentation

such as Enterprise Bargaining

Agreements for wage rates, salary costs

and agreements with subcontractors;


we assessed the Group’s ability to

forecast margins on contracts by

analysing the accuracy of previous margin

forecasts to actual outcomes;


we evaluated the Group’s assessment of

when a modification to the contract scope

and/or price for variations and claims is

approved and enforceable. This included

assessing the underlying records, legal

documents, customer correspondence

and contracts. We recalculated the

amount of revenue using the modified

features of the contract. We compared

the recalculated amounts against the

amounts recorded by the Group;


we assessed the Group’s estimation of

the highly probable amount of revenue for

variations and claims. This included

comparing underlying evidence such as

correspondence with customers, and

reports from objective time and cost claim

experts (where applicable) for consistency

with contract terms;


we evaluated the Group’s legal and

external experts’ reports received on

contentious matters to identify conditions

indicating inappropriate recognition of

variations and claims. We checked the

56 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT




consistency of this to the inclusion or not

of an amount in the estimates used for

revenue recognition;


we assessed the scope, competency and

objectivity of the legal and external

experts engaged by the Group; and


We evaluated the method applied by the

Group to estimate the highly probable amount

of the key performance payments, liquidated

damages and abatements against the specific

contract terms. This included gathering

underlying evidence in relation to the Group’s

performance against the terms of the

contract. We then recalculated the amount of

variable consideration. We compared the

recalculated amounts to the amounts

recorded by the Group as offsets to revenue.


Value of goodwill

Refer to Note C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,280.8m)

The key audit matter


How the matter was addressed in our audit


The value of goodwill is a key audit matter due

to the size of the balance (being 28.3% of total

assets) and the significant audit effort arising

from:


The Group having 8 groups of Cash

Generating Units (CGUs) for which the

impairment of goodwill is assessed;


The Spotless CGU recorded an impairment

charge in the prior year, increasing the risk

that an unfavourable change in certain key

assumptions, in the absence of any

mitigating factors, may result in impairment

in the current year.

We focused on the following key forward

looking assumptions in the Group’s value in use

models and fair value less cost of disposal

model including:


Forecast cash flows including budgeted

EBIT – including the improvement in

forecast cash flows compared to the prior

year forecasts which contained a higher

degree of uncertainty due to the COVID-19

pandemic.

Our procedures included:


We obtained an understanding of the Group’s

goodwill impairment assessment process and

tested key controls such as the review and

approval of the budget by management and the

Board.


We considered the appropriateness of the value

in use and fair value less cost of disposal

(FVLCOD) methods applied by the Group to

perform the annual test of goodwill for

impairment against the requirements of the

accounting standards.


We considered independently prepared

valuations of the Spotless CGU prepared on a

FVLCOD basis during the year to identify any

contradictory evidence for further consideration

in our testing.

• We assessed the integrity of the value in use

and FVLCOD models used, including the

accuracy of the underlying calculation formulas.



We assessed the accuracy of previous Group

forecasting to inform our evaluation of forecasts

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Annual Report 2021 57





Discount rates – these are complicated in

nature and vary according to the conditions

and environment the specific CGU is

subject to from time to time; and


Long-term growth rates – certain valuations

for CGUs of the Group are highly sensitive

to changes in this assumption.

Using forward-looking assumptions tends to be

prone to greater risk for potential bias, error and

inconsistent application. These conditions

necessitate additional scrutiny by us, in

particular to address the objectivity of sources

used for assumptions, and their consistent

application.

The significant judgement involved in key

assumptions required the involvement of

valuation specialists to supplement our senior

audit team members in assessing this key audit

matter.

included in the value in use and FVLCOD

models. We applied increased scepticism to

current period forecasts in areas where previous

forecasts were not achieved and/or where

future uncertainty is greater, or volatility is

expected.


We obtained the Group’s value in use models

and FVLCOD model and checked amounts to

the Board approved FY22 budget and the FY23-

FY24 business plan. We challenged the Group’s

projected cash flows by comparing the budget

and business plan to our understanding of the

business. We compared actual performance in

FY21 to the budget for FY21. We also

considered the compound annual growth rate

between FY21 and the terminal year in the

models through our sensitivity analysis.

• We considered the sensitivity of the models by

varying key assumptions including budgeted

EBIT, long-term growth rates and discount

rates, within a reasonably possible range. We

considered the interdependencies of key

assumptions when performing the sensitivity

analysis. We did this to identify those CGUs at

higher risk of impairment and those

assumptions at higher risk of bias or

inconsistency in application to focus our further

procedures.


Working with our valuation specialists we:


independently developed a discount rate

range using publicly available market data

for comparable entities, adjusted by risk

factors specific to the Group and the

industry it operates in; and


independently assessed the long-term

growth rate for each of the CGUs against

publicly available market data for

comparable entities and compared this to

the Group’s assumption;


We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by

comparing these disclosures to our

understanding and the requirements of the

accounting standards.



58 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT




Other Information

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting

which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor's Report. The Directors are

responsible for the Other Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not

express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the

Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other

Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with

the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other

Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained

prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:



preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001



implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that

gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error



assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the

use of the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting

unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have

no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:



to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and



to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it

exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at:

http://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf

This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
Annual Report 2021 59

Report on the Remuneration Report


Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report

of Downer EDI Limited for the year ended

30 June 2021, complies with Section

300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration

Report in accordance with Section 300A of the

Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in

pages 23 to 51 of the Directors’ report for the year

ended 30 June 2021.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

KPM_INI_01

KPM_INI_01

KPMG

Nigel Virgo

Partner

Sydney

12 August 20

21

Stephen Isaac

Partner

60 Downer EDI Limited
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2021

Page 61 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 65–66

B

Business

performance

Page 67–80

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 81–96

D

Employee

benefits

Page 97–99

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 100–108

F

Group

structure

Page 109–119

G

Other

Page 120–130

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation of

cash and cash

equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Revenue

C2

Trade receivables

and contract assets

D2

Defined benefit

plan

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Controlled entities

G2

Capital and

financial risk

management

B3

Individually

significant items

C3

Inventories

D3

Key management

personnel

compensation

E3

Lease liabilities

F3

Related party

information

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Earnings per share

C4

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

D4

Employee discount

share plan

E4

Commitments

F4

Parent entity

disclosures

B5

Taxation

C5

Property, plant and

equipment

E5

Issued capital

F5

Acquisition and

disposals of

businesses

B6

Remuneration

of auditor

C6

Right-of-use assets

E6

Non-controlling

interest (NCI)

F6

Disposal group

held for sale

B7

Subsequent events

C7

Intangible assets

E7

Reserves

C8

Lease receivables

E8

Dividends

C9

Other provisions

C10

Contingent liabilities

Page 131 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 132 Sustainability Performance Summary 2021

Page 136 Corporate Governance

Page 146 Information for Investors

Annual Report 2021 61
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note

2021

$’m 

2020

$’m 

RevenueB211,530.2 12,669.4 

Other incomeB253.9 73.3 

Total revenue and other income11,584.1 12,742.7 

Employee benefits expenseD1(3,859.5)(4 , 2 17. 3)

Subcontractor costs(4,132.7)(4 , 4 0 6 .0)

Raw materials and consumables used(1,594.6)(2 ,157.7 )

Plant and equipment costs(590.2)(660.6)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6(180.6)(151.8)

Other depreciation and amortisation C5,C7(313.8)(365.5)

Impairment of non-current assetsB3(20.2)(212.0)

Other expenses from ordinary activities (579.9)(632.5)

Total expenses(11,271.5)(12 , 8 03 .4)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)22.2 19.4 

Earnings before interest and tax334.8 (41 . 3)

Finance income4.2 6.0 

Lease finance costs (27.7)(26.4)

Other finance costs(81.4)(91.6)

Net finance costs(104.9)(112.0)

Profit/(loss) before income tax229.9 (153.3)

Income tax expenseB5(a)(46.2)(2 .4)

Profit/(loss) after income tax183.7 (155.7)

Profit/(loss) for the year that is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest2.1 (5 .4)

– Members of the parent entity181.6 (150.3)

Total profit/(loss) for the year183.7 (155.7)

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Actuarial movement on net defined benefit plan obligationsD25.0 0.7 

– Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations(1.5)(0. 2)

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

– Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations1.1 (14.6)

– Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity1.4 (3.3)

– Net gain/(loss) on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity8.4 (5.3)

– Income tax effect of items above(2.9)2.9 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year (net of tax)11.5 (19.8)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year is attributable to:

– Non-controlling interest0.5 (1.0)

– Members of the parent entity11.0 (18.8)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year11.5 (19.8)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year195.2 (175.5)

Restated

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic earnings per share

(i)

B425.4  (26.1)

Diluted earnings per share

(i) (ii)

B424.8  (26.1)

(i) FY20 figures have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the equity raising as part of the acquisition of the remaining shares in Spotless. Refer to Note B4.

(ii) At 30 June 2020, the ROADS were deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at (26.1) cents per share.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying

notes on pages 65 to 130.

62 Downer EDI Limited
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2021

Note

30 June

2021

$’m

Restated

(i)

30 June

2020


$’m

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents C1(a)811.4 588.5 

Trade receivables and contract assetsC22,121.0 2,315.9 

Other financial assetsG362.7 26.2 

InventoriesC3254.2 334.0 

Lease receivablesC80.1 18.5 

Current tax assets48.6 65.2 

Prepayments and other assets63.7 56.4 

Assets held for sale F641.5 –

Total current assets3,403.23,404.7 

Non-current assets

Trade receivables and contract assetsC2109.2 95.2 

Equity accounted investmentsF1(a)155.1 110.6 

Property, plant and equipmentC5994.7 1,350.2 

Right-of-use assetsC6546.5 592.6 

Intangible assetsC72,782.9 2,860.0 

Other financial assetsG37. 8 21.4 

Lease receivablesC8–48.3 

Deferred tax assetsB 5 (b)65.3 152.1 

Prepayments and other assets7. 4 11.9 

Total non-current assets4,668.9 5,242.3 

Total assets8,072.18 ,6 47.0 

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC42,363.02,497.4 

BorrowingsE1296.2 1.4 

Lease liabilitiesE3157.7 168.9 

Other financial liabilitiesG349.0 45.8 

Employee benefits provisionD1353.6 37 7.1 

Other provisionsC964.474.1 

Current tax liabilities7.9 11.0 

Liabilities held for saleF617. 2 –

Total current liabilities3,309.0 3,175.7 

Non-current liabilities

Trade payables and contract liabilitiesC434.2 28.8 

BorrowingsE11,185.4 2,049.9 

Lease liabilitiesE3505.1 594.3 

Other financial liabilitiesG318.3 14.4 

Employee benefits provisionD135.3 55.0 

Other provisionsC921.6 39.4 

Deferred tax liabilitiesB 5 (b)5.8 94.5 

Total non-current liabilities1,805.7 2,876.3 

Total liabilities5,114.7 6,052.0 

Net assets2 ,957. 4 2,595.0 

EQUITY

Issued capitalE52,802.6 2,429.7 

ReservesE7(31.2)(47.7 )

Retained earnings181.5 68.8 

Parent interests2,952.9 2,450.8 

Non-controlling interestE64.5 144.2 

Total equity2 ,957. 4 2,595.0 

(i) 2020 balances have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)

arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 130.

Annual Report 2021 63
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2021

2021

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 2020 2,429.7 (47.7) 68.8 2,450.8 144.2 2,595.0

Profit after income tax – – 181.6 181.6 2.1 183.7

Other comprehensive income for the

year (net of tax)– 11.0 – 11.0 0.5 11.5

Total comprehensive income for the year – 11.0 181.6 192.6 2.6 195.2

Capital raising (net of transaction costs

and tax) 393.2 – – 393.2 – 393.2

Vested executive incentive share

transactions 4.5 (4.5) – – – –

Share-based employee benefits expense – (0.4) – (0.4) – (0.4)

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year – 1.2 – 1.2 – 1.2

Payment of dividends

(i)

– – (68.9) (68.9) (1.4) (70.3)

Group on-market share buy-back (24.8) – – (24.8) – (24.8)

Acquisition of non-controlling interest – 9.2 – 9.2 (140.9) (131.7)

Balance at 30 June 2021 2,802.6 (31.2) 181.5 2,952.9 4.5 2 ,957. 4

(i) Relates to the 2021 interim dividend and $5.8 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

2020

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Restated balance as at 30 June 2019

(i)

2,425.1 (27. 5)481.4 2,879.0 153.8 3,032.8 

Opening balance adjustment on application

of IFRS Interpretation Committee decision

(ii)

––(25.5)(25.5)–(25.5)

Opening balance adjustment on application

of AASB 16 (net of tax)

(iii)

––(62.8)(62.8)(3.2)(66.0)

Balance at 1 July 20192,425.1 (27. 5)393.1 2,790.7 150.6 2 ,941.3 

Loss after income tax––(150.3)(150.3)(5 .4)(155.7)

Other comprehensive loss for the year

(net of tax)–(18.8)–(18.8)(1.0)(19.8)

Total comprehensive income for the year–(18.8)(150.3)(169.1)(6 .4)(175.5)

Vested executive incentive share transactions4.6 (4 . 6)––––

Share-based employee benefits expense–4.8 –4.8 –4.8 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year –(1.6)–(1.6)–(1.6)

Declared dividends

(iv)

––(174.0)(174.0)–(174.0)

Balance at 30 June 20202,429.7 (47.7 )68.8 2,450.8 144.2 2,595.0 

(i) June 2019 balances have been restated following review of the Group’s compliance with Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Award obligations. Refer to Note D1 of the

30 June 2020 Annual Report.

(ii) 2020 balances have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)

arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

(iii) Refer to Annual Report as at 30 June 2020 for details on opening balance adjustments made on application of new accounting standard AASB 16.

(iv) Relates to the 2019 final dividend and $7.4 million ROADS dividends paid during the financial year. The payment of 2020 interim dividend of $83.3 million was deferred

to 25 September 2020 (refer to Note E8).

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 130.

64 Downer EDI Limited
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note

2021

$’m

Restated

(i)

2020


$’m

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers12,988.8 13,841.5 

Payments to suppliers and employees(12,173.2)(13,538.5)

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a)11.6 17. 2 

Operating cash flow before interest and tax827. 2 320.2 

Interest received2.94.7 

Interest paid on lease liabilities(27.7)(26.4)

Interest and other costs of finance paid(73.8)(82.0)

Income tax paid(19.9)(57. 9)

Net cash generated by operating activities C 1(c)708.7 158.6 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment69.6 21.9 

Payments for property, plant and equipment(250.2)(290.7)

Payments for intangible assets(28.4)(41 . 5 )

Payment to acquire remaining shares in NCIE6(134.5)–

Payments of deferred consideration on acquisition of businessesF5(14.3)(29.8)

Proceeds from sale of business (net of cash disposed)F5395.9 –

Proceeds from sale of equity accounted investments20.2 –

Investment in equity accounted investmentsF1(a)(9.8)–

Advances to equity accounted investments(5.9)(3.6)

Purchases of assets as a lessor(6.7)(34.0)

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities35.9 (37 7.7 )

Cash flows from financing activities

Group on-market share buy-backE5(24.8)–

Proceeds from issue of shares (net of costs)390.4 –

Proceeds from borrowings 6,653.0 7,411. 9 

Repayments of borrowings(7,193 .7)( 7,06 3 . 2)

Payment of principal of lease liabilitiesC 1(b)(194.5)(152.9)

Dividends paid(153.6)(90.7)

Net cash (used in)/generated by financing activities(523.2)105.1 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents221.4 (114.0)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year588.5 710.7 

Effect of exchange rate changes1.5 (8.2)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the yearC1(a)811.4 588.5 

(i) 2020 balances have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)

arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 65 to 130.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2021

Annual Report 2021 65
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2021

A

About this report

Statement of compliance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated

Financial Report (Financial Report) is a general purpose financial

report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act

2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies with International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board

of Directors on 12 August 2021.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC

Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports)

Instrument 2016/191, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts

in the Directors’ Report and consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded

off to the nearest whole number of millions of dollars and one

place of decimals representing hundreds of thousands of

dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts shown

as $- represent amounts less than $50,000 which have been

rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

Cost is based on the fair value of the consideration given in

exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies used in the preparation of the Financial

Report are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in

Downer’s Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 June

2020, except changes to a significant accounting policy as

disclosed below.

Changes to significant accounting policy

The IFRIC has issued two final agenda decisions which impact

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements:

–Customer’s right to receive access to the supplier’s software

hosted on the cloud (March 2019) – this decision considers

whether a customer receives a software asset at the contract

commencement date or a service over the contract term.

–Configuration or customisation costs in a cloud computing

arrangement (April 2021) – this decision discusses whether

configuration or customisation expenditure relating to SaaS

arrangements can be recognised as an intangible asset and

if not, over what time period the expenditure is expensed.

The Group’s accounting policy has historically been to capitalise

costs related to the configuration and customisation of SaaS

arrangements as intangible assets in the Statement of Financial

Position. The adoption of the above agenda decisions has

resulted in an expense in the Consolidated Statement of Profit

or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in the current year

and derecognition of previously capitalised costs as an opening

balance adjustment to prior year.

The new accounting policy and impact of adoption is presented

in Note C7.

Accounting estimates and judgements

Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to

make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future

events. Information on material estimates and judgements

considered when applying the accounting policies can be found

in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and

judgementsNote Page

Revenue recognitionB273

Recovery of deferred tax assetsB578

Income taxesB578

Credit riskC284

Useful lives and residual valuesC5 to C787, 88, 92

SaaS arrangements C792

Impairment of assetsC792

Other provisionsC995

Employee benefits obligationsD198

Valuation of the defined benefit

plan assets and obligationsD298

Lease liabilitiesE3103

Allocable Cost Amount (ACA)

calculationE6106

Acquisition of businesses F5118

Disposal group held for saleF6119

Valuation of asset held for saleF6119

66 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. About this report – continued

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that the

substance of the underlying transactions or other events is

reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained in

the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results of

each subsidiary from the date on which the Company obtains

control and until such time as the Company ceases to control

such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances

and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the

consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date

using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

TransactionsDate of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value

Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and

Other Comprehensive Income, except for qualifying cash flow

hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the

following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amountApplicable exchange rate

Income and expensesAverage exchange rate

Assets and liabilitiesReporting date

EquityHistorical date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal

of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwind

of discount on provisions, costs to establish financing facilities

(which are expensed over the term of the facility), losses on

ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit

or loss and lease charges.

Annual Report 2021 67
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during

the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Revenue

B3. Individually significant items

B4. Earnings per share

B 5 . Ta x a ti o n

B6. Remuneration of auditor

B7. Subsequent events

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages

in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the

internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO

in assessing performance and in determining the allocation

of resources. The operating segments are identified by the

Group based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete

financial information about each of these operating businesses

is reported to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of

operating segments determined by the similarity of the services

provided, and the sources of the Group’s major risks that could

therefore have the greatest effect on the rates of return. Downer

has determined that reportable segments are best represented

as service lines.

68 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B1. Segment information – continued

There have been no changes to the composition of the Group’s reportable segments since last reported in the 2020 Annual Report.

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined as follows:

Service lineSegment description

TransportComprises the Group’s road services, transport infrastructure and rail businesses. Downer’s road and transport

infrastructure services include: road network management; routine road maintenance; asset management systems;

spray sealing; asphalt laying; manufacture and supply of bitumen-based products and asphalt products; the use

of recycled products and environmentally sustainable methods to produce asphalt; landfill diversion solutions;

intelligent transport systems; design and construction of light rail and heavy rail networks; signalling; track and

station works; rail safety technology; and bridges. The Rail business spans all light rail and heavy rail sectors, from

rollingstock to infrastructure; from design and manufacture to through-life-support including fleet maintenance,

operations and comprehensive overhaul of assets.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water, renewable energy and telecommunications businesses. This includes:

planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network

assets; providing complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including water and

wastewater treatment, network construction and rehabilitation; design, construction and maintenance services for

a range of renewable assets in the wind, solar and power system storage sectors; and end-to-end technology and

communications solutions including design, civil construction, network construction, operations and maintenance

across fibre, copper and radio networks.

FacilitiesFacilities operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services to customers across a

diverse range of industry sectors including: defence; education; government; healthcare; resources; leisure; and

hospitality. Facilities provides catering and laundry services; technical and engineering services; maintenance and

asset management services and refrigeration solutions to various industries; as well as building and construction

solutions across a variety of sectors in New Zealand. The Laundries business within the Facilities segment was

disposed of on 31 March 2021.

Engineering,

Construction

and Maintenance

(EC&M)

Provides design, engineering, construction, shutdowns, turnaround and outage delivery, operations maintenance

and ongoing management of strategic assets across a range of sectors and in all stages of the project lifecycle

including: feasibility studies; engineering design; procurement and construction; structural, mechanical and piping;

electrical and instrumentation; commissioning and decommissioning services; and design and manufacture of

mineral process equipment.

MiningProvides services across all stages of the mining lifecycle including: resource definition; exploration drilling and

mine feasibility studies; open cut and underground mining services; drilling, explosives manufacture and supply;

blasting and crushing; asset management; tyre management; and mine closure and rehabilitation. Snowden,

RTL JV, Open Cut Mining West, Underground and Downer Blasting Services have each been disposed of during

the year. Refer to Note F5.

Annual Report 2021 69
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B1. Segment information – continued

2021

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income4,658.22,106.32,844.1865.31,088.621.611,584.1

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

637.0 –5.6 –7.5 –650.1

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(i)

5,295.22,106.32,849.7865.31,096.121.612,234.2

Share of net profit from joint ventures

and associates22.0 –(0.1) –0.3 –22.2

Depreciation and amortisation168.537.191.712.8103.580.8494.4

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles (EBITA)250.2115.1145.413.246.6(169.5)401.0

Amortisation of acquired intangibles( 7. 3)(2.5)(6.8) – –(49.6)(66.2)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)242.9112.6138.613.246.6(219.1)334.8

Net finance costs(104.9)

Total profit before income tax229.9

Acquisition of segment assets 199.919.842.04.342.030.1338.1

Segment assets3,178.41,088.72,190.3462.9411.2740.68,072.1

Segment liabilities1,628.0442.1734.2196.9176.31 ,937. 25,114.7

Carrying value of equity accounted investees121.7 –33.4 – – –155.1

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Segment revenue and other income4,081.12,688.03,308.41,168.01,493.14.112,742.7

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

611.2 –7. 3 –56.7 –675.2

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(i)

4,692.32,688.03,315.71,168.01,549.84.113 ,417. 9

Share of net profit from joint ventures

and associates15.3 –0.3 –3.8 –19.4

Depreciation and amortisation150.240.1109.815.3119.282.7517. 3

EBIT before amortisation of acquired

intangibles and historical contract claims

adjustments235.6114.6114.3(42 .1)79.0(4 52 . 6)48.8

Historical contract claims adjustments

 (ii)

– –(9.9)(8.9) – –(18.8)

E B I TA235.6114.6104.4(51.0)79.0(4 52 . 6)30.0

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(10.9)(2.6)(9.8) – –(4 8 .0)(71.3)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)224.7112.094.6(51.0)79.0(500.6)(41 . 3)

Net finance costs(112.0)

Total loss before income tax(153.3)

Acquisition of segment assets 98.334.968.53.8107.030.2342.7

Segment assets2,649.11,186.02,621.6617.4939.0633.98 ,6 47.0

Segment liabilities1,278.6478 . 51,751.2345.6339.81,858.36,052.0

Carrying value of equity accounted investees101.1 –1.2 –8.3 –110.6

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

(ii) Relates to historical Spotless contracts on foot at the time of Downer acquisition which are separately monitored by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker.

70 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment EBIT to net profit/(loss) after tax:

Note 

Segment results

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Segment EBIT553.9 459.3 

Unallocated:

Fair value movement on DCSO liabilityB3(16.6)–

SaaS arrangementsB3(14.0)–

Laundries divestmentB3(16.2)–

Mining divestmentB3(19.5)–

Portfolio restructure and exit costsB3–(142 .4)

Payroll remediation costsB3–(16.3)

Goodwill impairmentB3–(165.0)

Spotless Shareholder class actionB3–(34.0)

Legal settlementB3–(9.5)

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(49.6)(4 8 .0)

Corporate costs(103.2)(8 5 .4)

Total unallocated (219.1)(500.6)

Earnings/(loss) before interest and tax334.8 (41 . 3)

Net finance costs(104.9)(112.0)

Profit/(loss) before income tax229.9 (153.3)

Income tax expenseB5(a)(46.2)(2 .4)

Profit/(loss) after income tax183.7 (155.7)

Segment assets by geographical location

Segment assets

Non-current

(ii)

Acquisition of

segment assets

Non-current

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3,925.54,371.3 271.9273.1 

New Zealand and Pacific554.3546.5 65.7 64.8 

Rest of the world6.8 7. 5 0.5 4.8 

To t a l4,486.6 4,925.3 338.1342.7 

(i) Assets are allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

(ii) Total of non-current assets other than deferred tax assets, financial instruments and trade and other receivables.

Annual Report 2021 71
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B2. Revenue

Revenue and other income

2021

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services2,908.81,911.82,083.2599.21,054.60.18 , 557.7

Construction contracts1,540.6188.3695.5251.7 – –2,676.1

Sale of goods188.85.057.713.613.9 –279.0

Total revenue from contracts with customers4,638.22,105.12,836.4864.51,068.50.111,512.8

Other revenue4.80.2 –0.17. 44.917. 4

Total revenue4,643.02,105.32,836.4864.61,075.95.011,530.2

Government grants

(i)

0.30.34.4 – – –5.0

Gain on divestments of equity accounted investee

(Note B3) – –0.9 –10.7 –11.6

Insurance recoveries10.2 – – – –13.623.8

Other4.70.72.40.72.03.013.5

Other income15.21.07.70.712.716.653.9

Total revenue and other income4,658.22,106.32,844.1865.31,088.621.611,584.1

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(ii)

637.0 –5.6 –7.5 –650.1

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(ii)

5,295.22,106.32,849.7865.31,096.121.612,234.2

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Rendering of services2 , 8 37.01,730.42,425.8833.51,446.1 –9,272.8

Construction contracts1,025.2936.7749.7315.4 – –3,027.0

Sale of goods191.71.1108.513.942.6 –3 57. 8

Total revenue from contracts with customers4,053.92,668.23,284.01,162.81,488.7 –12,657.6

Other revenue2.91.1 –3.7 –4.111.8

Total revenue4,056.82,669.33,284.01,166.51,488.74.112,669.4

Government grants

(i)

21.117.124.4 – – –62.6

Other3.21.6 –1.54.4 –10.7

Other income24.318.724.41.54.4 –73.3

Total revenue and other income4,081.12,688.03,308.41,168.01,493.14.112,742.7

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(ii)

611.2 –7. 3 –56.7 –675.2

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(ii)

4,692.32,688.03,315.71,168.01,549.84.113 ,417. 9

(i) Government grants represents incentives received under the New Zealand Government’s wage subsidy scheme available to eligible businesses impacted by the

COVID-19 pandemic.

(ii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

72 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B2. Revenue – continued

Revenue from contracts with customers by geographical location:

2021

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia3,353.81,542.62,162.6847. 31,034.80.18,941.2

New Zealand and Pacific1,284.4562.5673.8–––2,520.7

Rest of the world–––17. 233.7–50.9

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,638.22,105.12,836.4864.51,068.50.111,512.8

2020

$’mTransportUtilitiesFacilitiesEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Geographical location

(i)

Australia2,883.82,098.12,549.51,124.51,429.2–10,085.1

New Zealand and Pacific1,170.0570.1734.5–––2 ,474.6

Rest of the world0.1––38.359.5–97. 9

Total revenue from contracts

with customers4,053.92,668.23,284.01,162.81,488.7–12,657.6

(i) Revenue is allocated based on the geographical location of the legal entity.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

The Group recognises revenue when a customer obtains control

of the goods or services, in accordance with AASB 15 Revenue

from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is measured at the fair

value of the consideration received or receivable. Determining

the timing of the transfer of control – at a point in time or over

time – requires judgement. Revenue is recognised if it meets the

criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

–Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure

–Utilities infrastructure maintenance services

(gas, power and water)

–Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector

–Industrial plant maintenance

–Rollingstock maintenance and rail asset

management services

–Engineering and consultancy services

–Facilities management

–Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance

services, tyre management and blasting.

Typically, under the performance obligations of a service

contract, the customer consumes and receives the benefit of the

service as it is provided. As such, service revenue is recognised

over time as the services are provided.

(ii) Construction contracts

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates

its construction contracts are predominantly derived from

projects containing one performance obligation. Under these

performance obligations, customers either simultaneously

receive and consume the benefits as the Group performs them

or performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer

controls as the asset is created or enhanced. Therefore,

contracted revenue is recognised over time based on stage

of completion of the contract.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when the customer

obtains control of goods.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income.

(v) Other income

Other income primarily includes insurance recoveries and

government grants.

Insurance recoveries relates to insurance refunds received for

claims lodged that met the recoverability criteria of being ‘virtually

certain’ following confirmation of indemnity received from insurers.

Government grants relates to income received under the

New Zealand Government’s Wage Subsidy Scheme available to

eligible businesses that were adversely impacted by the COVID-19

pandemic. The Group elects to present these subsidies in ‘Other

income’ as allowed under AASB 120 Accounting for Government

grants and disclosure of Government assistance.

Annual Report 2021 73
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B2. Revenue – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

Contract modifications

For services and construction contracts, revenue from variations

and claims is recognised to the extent they are approved or

enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue is then

recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

reversal of revenue will not occur.

In making this assessment, the Group considers a number of

factors including nature of the claim, formal or informal acceptance

by the customer of the validity of the claim, stage of negotiations,

or the historical outcome of similar claims to determine whether

the enforceable and ‘highly probable’ threshold has been met.

Revenue in relation to modifications, such as a change in the

scope of the contract, will only be included in the transaction

price when it is approved by the parties to the contract or the

modification is enforceable and the amount becomes highly

probable. Modifications may also be recognised when client

instruction has been received in line with customary business

practice for the customer.

Contract costs (tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed, unless

they are incremental to obtaining the contract and the Group expects

to recover those costs or where they are explicitly chargeable to the

customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained.

Performance obligations and contract duration

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and

recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied which may

be at a point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a granular approach to identify the different revenue

streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by identifying the

different activities that are being undertaken and then aggregating

only those where the different activities are significantly integrated

or highly interdependent. Revenue will be recognised, on certain

contracts over time, as a single performance obligation when the

services are part of a series of distinct goods and services that are

substantially integrated with the same pattern of transfer.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which

revenue may be recognised and is limited to the period for which

the parties have enforceable rights and obligations. When the

customer can terminate a contract for convenience (without a

substantive penalty), the contract term and related revenue is

limited to the termination period.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to

not adjust the total consideration over the contract term for

the effect of a financing component if the period between the

transfer of services to the customer and the customer’s payment

for the service is expected to be one year or less.

Measure of progress

The Group recognises revenue using the measure of progress

that best reflects the Group’s performance in satisfying

the performance obligation within the contracts over time.

The different methods of measuring progress include an

input method (e.g. costs incurred) or an output method (e.g.

milestones reached). The same method of measuring progress

will be consistently applied to similar performance obligations.

Variable consideration

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s

performance, including key performance payments, liquidated

damages and abatements that offset revenue under the contract,

is recognised only when it is highly probable that a reversal of

that revenue will not occur.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined to

be a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the

same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer

(for example maintenance services), variable consideration is

recognised in the period/(s) in which the series of distinct goods

or services subject to the variable consideration are completed.

Loss-making contracts

Loss-making contracts are recognised under AASB 137

Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets as

onerous contracts.

Key estimates and judgements: Revenue recognition

Stage of completion

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs.

Modifications

When a contract modification exists and the Group has an approved enforceable right to payment, revenue in relation to claims

and variations is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable becomes highly probable. Management uses

judgement in determining whether an approved enforceable right exists.

Variable consideration

Determining the amount of variable consideration requires an estimate based on either the ‘expected value’ or the ‘most likely

amount’. The estimate of variable consideration can only be recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant

revenue reversal will not occur in future. Changes in these estimates or judgements could have a material impact on the financial

statements of the Group.

74 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B3. Individually significant items

The following material items of expenses, forming part of the unallocated segment are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s

financial performance:

2021

$’m

Fair value

movement

on DCSO

liability

Te r m i n -

ation of

Spotless

financing

arrange-

ments

Software-

as-a-

Service

(SaaS)

arrange-

ments

Mining

divest-

ments

Laundries

divestmentTo t a l

Loss on disposal of businesses – – – 7.1 16.2 23.3

Gain on divestment of equity

accounted investee – – – (10.7) – (10.7)

Depreciation and amortisation – – (3.6) – – (3.6)

Impairment of non-current assets – – – 20.2 – 20.2

Other expenses from ordinary activities 16.6 – 17.6 2.9 – 37.1

Loss before interest and tax 16.6 – 14.0 19.5 16.2 66.3

Other finance costs – 4.3 – – – 4.3

Income tax benefit – (1.3) (4.1) (17.5) (16.5) (39.4)

Loss/(profit) after income tax 16.6 3.0 9.9 2.0 (0.3) 31.2

Refer to Note F5 for additional information on disposal of businesses.

Fair value movement on Downer Contingent Share

Option (DCSO) liability

As part of the consideration to acquire the shares in Spotless

that it did not already own, the Group granted three tranches

of 2.5 million share options to the previous minority interest

shareholders which are exercisable within four years of issue on

achievement of three prescribed share price targets (the Downer

Contingent Share Options or DCSO). The fair value at issue

date of these options was recognised as a liability arising on

the acquisition of the shares. The DCSO are classified as a

liability, with subsequent changes in the fair value recognised

in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income. Since grant date, and primarily driven by

the movement in Downer’s share price from $4.30 at grant date

to $5.59 at 30 June 2021, the fair value of the DCSO increased by

$16.6 million, which has been expensed through ‘Other expenses’

in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income (refer to Note E6).

Termination of Spotless financing arrangements

Following the purchase of the Non-Controlling Interest (NCI)

in Spotless, the Group extinguished the Spotless financing

arrangements. As a result, the unamortised deferred financing

costs related to the extinguished facilities were immediately

written-off to the ‘Other finance costs’ line in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income,

with the tax effect of $1.3 million being credited to the income

tax expense line.

Mining divestments

The divestment program for the Mining division has resulted in a

number of material transactions netting to a pre-tax $19.5 million

expense. These include:

–$7.1 million representing the net loss made from the disposal

of Open Cut Mining West, Downer Blasting Services,

Underground and Snowden businesses. This individually

significant item is disclosed as part of ‘Other expenses from

ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or

Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

–$10.7 million gain on the divestment of the equity accounted

investment in RTL JV. This individually significant item is

disclosed as part of ‘Other income’ in the Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

–$20.2 million impairment charge to adjust the carrying value

of the property, plant and equipment and other assets of the

Open Cut Mining West business to its expected recoverable

value on the earlier classification of this business as a

Disposal group held for sale

–$2.9 million representing transaction, redundancies and other

costs incurred as part of the divestment program.

The net income tax benefit arising on the Mining divestments

is $17.5 million. This is comprised of a tax benefit of $5.4 million

attributable to net non-taxable accounting gains on divestments

and a net tax benefit of $5.9 million arising on associated

divestment costs. A tax benefit of $6.2 million has also been

recognised in respect of previously unbooked capital losses used

to offset capital gains arising on the Mining divestments.

Annual Report 2021 75
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B3. Individually significant items – continued

Laundries divestment

On 31 March 2021, the Group completed the share sale of

70% of Spotless’ Laundries business to Adamantem Capital

(Adamantem) and recognised a 30% interest in the remaining

Laundries business as an equity accounted investment

(refer to Note F1(a)). The transaction resulted in a pre-tax

loss of $16.2 million net of transaction costs and stamp

duty costs incurred. This individually significant item is

disclosed as part of ‘Other expenses from ordinary activities’

in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income.

The net income tax benefit arising on the Laundries divestment

is $16.5 million. This is primarily comprised of a tax benefit of

$12.8 million in respect of capital losses arising on the divestment

and a net tax benefit of $3.7 million arising on associated

divestment costs.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) has recently issued

an agenda decision which impacts whether a customer can

recognise an intangible asset in relation to configuration

or customisation of cloud computing arrangements (CCA),

specifically for Software-as-a-Service (SaaS). The Group’s

accounting policy has historically been to capitalise costs related

to the configuration and customisation of SaaS arrangements

as intangible assets in the Statement of Financial Position.

Downer used SaaS across a range of businesses and functions.

Following the adoption of the above IFRIC agenda decision,

current SaaS arrangements were identified and assessed

to determine if the Group has control of the software. For

those arrangements where control does not exist, the Group

derecognised the intangible previously capitalised.

The adoption of the above agenda decisions has resulted

in recognition of costs to configure SaaS arrangements as a

pre-tax expense of $14.0 million in the Consolidated Statement

of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in the

current year. The opening retained earnings adjustment

is presented in Note C7.

2020

The Group recognised the following items as individually significant items as at 30 June 2020:

$’m

Portfolio

restructure

and exit

costs

Payroll

remediation

on costs

Goodwill

impairment

Spotless

shareholder

class action

Legal

settlementTo t a l

Employee benefits expense 42.1 8.9 – – – 51.0

Raw materials and consumables used 9.7 – – – – 9.7

Impairment of non-current assets 46.6 – 165.0 – – 211.6

Other expenses from ordinary activities 44.0 7.4 – 34.0 9.5 94.9

Loss before interest and tax  142.4 16.3 165.0 34.0 9.5 367. 2

Income tax benefit (42 . 2) (4 . 5 ) – (10.2) (2.7) (59.6)

Loss after income tax  100.2 11.8 165.0 23.8 6.8 307.6

Portfolio restructure and exit costs

Represents restructuring costs incurred following management’s

decision to scale back the Group’s construction service offerings

as well as costs associated in rightsizing the business to reflect

the new business model and remain competitive in a post-

COVID-19 environment. The material elements of the costs

associated with the portfolio restructure program are as follows:

–$46.4 million restructure costs to cover redundancies, asset

impairments, stock write-offs, onerous contracts and other

exit costs in Hospitality business.

–$15.0 million restructure costs to cover redundancies and

other exit costs as the Group has exited the resource based

electrical and mechanical major construction market within

the Engineering and Construction (E&C) business unit.

–$9.3 million restructure costs to cover redundancies and

other exit costs as Spotless has exited the facilities based

electrical and mechanical major construction market within

the Infrastructure and Construction (I&C) business unit.

–$35.6 million restructure costs in relation to the Group’s

management overhead reduction through reduction

in management layers, headcount, property footprint,

systems and discretionary spend to better reflect the new

operating model.

–$10.0 million transaction costs related to the portfolio review

of Mining and Laundries.

–$26.1 million impairment on carrying value of information

systems related to applications and infrastructure in

businesses that are being wound down.

76 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B3. Individually significant items – continued

2020

Payroll remediation costs

During the year ended 30 June 2020, Spotless commenced

a review of the applicable Enterprise Agreements (EAs)

and Modern Award obligations, together with the assumptions

regarding their interpretation and application in its payroll

systems in order to validate the correct application of

pay rates to employees as well as identify historical

underpayments and overpayments.

On 1 July 2020, Spotless lost a Federal Court case with respect

to Ordinary and Customary Turnover of Labour rate (OCTL)

redundancy payments for employees made redundant on

cessation of specific contracts.

Spotless has recognised an employee benefits provision of

$41.1 million in relation to these matters, including interest and

other remediation costs. Of this amount, $24.8 million relating to

the EAs and Modern Award obligations that should have been

incurred in previous years, was recognised as a prior period error

in opening retained earnings, with $16.3 million being recognised

as an expense in the period. The $16.3 million comprises all the

estimated OCTL redundancy amounts and EAs and Modern

Award obligation amounts relating to FY20.

Goodwill impairment

$165.0 million goodwill impairment was recognised following the

identification of possible impairment indicators on the carrying

value of the Spotless group of CGUs.

Spotless shareholder class action

$34.0 million expense (net of insurance recoveries) to settle the

shareholder class action commenced against Spotless in the

Federal Court of Australia in May 2017. This claim was previously

disclosed as a contingent liability.

Legal settlement

$9.5 million expense for a settlement agreement in relation to

a legacy leaky building claim in New Zealand. This claim was

previously disclosed as a contingent liability.

B4. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-average

number of ordinary shares outstanding.

20212021

Restated

(i)


2020

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)181.6 (150.3)

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(5.8)( 7.4)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’m)175.8 (157.7 )

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(ii)

692.9 603.3 

Basic earnings per share (cents)25.4 (26.1)

Annual Report 2021 77
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B4. Earnings per share – continued

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on the following profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted-

average number of ordinary shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

20212021

Restated

(i)


2020

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating basic EPS ($’m)181.6 (150.3)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(ii)

692.9 604.1 

– WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(iii)

38.0 29.4 

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s)730.9633.5 

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

(iv)

24.8 (26.1)

(i) Basic and diluted EPS calculations for June 2020 were restated as a result of 106.6 million shares issued from the capital raising as part of the acquisition of the remaining

shares in Spotless. Under the entitlement offer, 1 new share for each 5.58 outstanding shares were issued at a discounted price of $3.75 per share. As a result of the

new shares issued, the weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) to calculate EPS needs to be adjusted by a theoretical ex-rights price (TERP) factor.

The adjustment factor of 0.9817 was utilised to restate the 30 June 2020 WANOS for the basic and diluted EPS calculations.

(ii) The WANOS on issue has been adjusted by the weighted average effect of on-market share buy-back and the unvested executive incentive shares.

(iii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value of

ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $186.2 million (2020: $186.9 million), divided by the

average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms, which was

$4.90 (2020: $6.37).

(iv) At 30 June 2020, the ROADS were deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at (26.1) cents per share.

B5. Taxation

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on profit before income tax expense/(benefit) in the financial statements as follows:

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Profit/(loss) before income tax 229.9(153.3)

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate69.0(4 6 .0)

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(2.6)(1 .4)

Non-deductible expenses5.60.9

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates (5.2)(4 . 2)

Impairment of goodwill–49.5

Tax effect of divestments(17.1)–

Tax effect of previously unrecognised capital losses(6.2)–

Other items0.92.9

Under provision of income tax in previous year1.80.7

Total income tax expense46.22.4

Current tax expense36.745.0

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)9.5(42 . 6)

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable profits

under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

78 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B5. Taxation – continued

(a) Reconciliation of income tax expense – continued

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of

income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable

profit or tax loss for the period; this is calculated using tax rates

and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted

by the reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences

arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets

and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax

offsets, to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable

profits will be available to utilise them.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for:

–Temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition

of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business

combination which affects neither taxable income nor

accounting profit

–Temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries,

associates and joint ventures to the extent that the Group

is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary

differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the

foreseeable future

–Temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates

and tax laws that are expected to apply in the year when the

asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are

recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate

to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax

assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are

part of a tax consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax consolidated

group. Entities within the tax consolidated group have entered

into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement

with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding

agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the

tax consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax

equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on the

current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

Key estimates and judgements:

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary

differences, unused tax and capital losses and tax offsets,

to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable

profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is

required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets

that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing,

nature and the level of future taxable profits.

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and

jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is

required to determine the worldwide provision for income

taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are

recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes

in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact

the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax

balances recognised.

Annual Report 2021 79
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B5. Taxation – continued(b) Movement in deferred tax balances2021$’m

At 30 June

2020

Recognised in

profit or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income

Recognised

in equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and disposal

Assets Held

For Sale

Net balance

at 30 June

2021

Deferred

tax assets

Deferred

tax liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(133.3)

(8.2)

0.9 

11.2 

0.1 

(0.2)

– 

(129.5)

– 

(129.5)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(42.1)

(6.8)

– 

13.3 

(0.1)

0.8 

(1.6)

(36.5)

– 

(36.5)

Intangible assets

(108.4)

24.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(83.9)

– 

(83.9)

Tax losses and other attributes

96.6 

(9.1)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

87.5 

87.5 

– 

Trade payables and contract liabilities

37.1 

(21.0)

(0.2)

– 

– 

(0.8)

– 

15.1 

15.1 

– 

Employee benefits and other provisions

192.9 

(0.2)

(1.5)

– 

(0.1)

(9.0)

– 

182.1 

182.1 

– 

Other

14.8 

11.3 

(1.6)

0.3 

0.2 

(0.3)

– 

24.7 

24.7 

– 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

57.6 

(9.5)

(2.4)

24.8 

0.1 

(9.5)

(1.6)

59.5 

309.4 

(249.9)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(244.1)

244.1 

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

59.5 

65.3 

(5.8)

2020$’m

At 30 June

2019

Application

of AASB 16

Adjustment on

application

of IFRS

Interpretation

Committee

decision

(i)

At 1 July

2019

Recognised

in profit

or loss

Recognised

in other

comprehensive

income

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and disposal

Net balance

at 30 June

2020

Deferred

tax assets

Deferred

tax liabilities

Trade receivables and contract assets

(6 3 .4)



(6 3 .4)

(70.3)


0.4


(133.3)


(133.3)

Property, plant and equipment, Right-of-use assets and Lease liabilities

(4 0. 9)

28.9 


(12.0)

(29.9)


(0. 2)


(42 .1)


(42 .1)

Intangible assets

(153.7)


10.6 

(143.1)

34.6 


0.1 


(108 .4)


(108 .4)

Income tax losses

28.3



28.3

68.3




96.6

96.6


Trade payables and contract liabilities

27. 9



27. 9

9.1


0.1


37.1

37.1


Employee benefits and other provisions

154.0



154.0

27.4

(0. 2)

0.5

11.2

192.9

192.9


Other

11.1



11.1

3.4

1.3

(1.0)


14.8

14.8


Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

(36.7)

28.9

10.6

2.8

42.6

1.1

(0.1)

11.2

57.6

3 41.4

(283.8)

Set-off of DTA against DTL

(189.3)

189.3

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

57.6

152.1

(94.5)

(i)

2020 balances have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

80 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

B6. Remuneration of auditor

2021


2020


Audit and review of financial statements5,355,2645, 224,180

Assurance services:

Regulatory assurance services20,00050,000

Other assurance services325,566340,211

Total assurance services345,566390,211

Other services:

Tax services205,795242,148

Advisory services506,977468,318

Total other services712,772710,466

The auditor of the Group is KPMG.

B7. Subsequent events

Downer’s end markets relate to critical infrastructure and essential services. Downer’s strength in those markets, and their diversity, are

a key advantage.

At the date of this report, Downer has not had a material impact from the current COVID-19 lockdowns across Sydney and other

metropolitan areas in Australia and will continue to monitor the changing nature of the pandemic and the ongoing COVID-19 restrictions.

Outside the above, at the date of this report, there is no other matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year,

that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of

affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.

Annual Report 2021 81
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

C3. Inventories

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

C5. Property, plant and equipment

C6. Right-of-use assets

C7. Intangible assets

C8. Lease receivables

C9. Other provisions

C10. Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Cash and cash equivalents

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises:

Cash563.8 567. 9 

Short-term deposits247.6 20.6 

Total cash and cash equivalents 811.4 588.5 

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

$’m

1 July

2020

Net

cash

flows

Lease net

additions

and

remeasure

Amortisation

and foreign

exchange

movement

Disposal of

businesses

Transferred

to disposal

group

assets

held for

sale

30 June

2021

Interest bearing loans2,051.3(540.7) –(29.0) – –1,481.6

Lease liabilities763.2(194.5)187.1(1 .4)(89.2)(2 .4)662.8

Total liabilities from

financing activities2,814.5(735.2)187.1(30.4)(89.2)(2.4)2,144.4

82 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(c) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2021

$’m 

Restated

(i)

2020

$’m 

Profit/(loss) after tax for the year183.7 (155.7)

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributionsF1(a)(10.6)(2.2)

Depreciation on leased assetsC6180.6 151.8 

Depreciation and amortisation of other non-current assetsC5,C7313.8 365.5 

Impairment of goodwill C7–165.0 

Impairment of other non-current assetsC5,C6,C720.2 47.0 

Amortisation of deferred borrowing costs8.4 6.7 

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment(8.2)(5.7)

Movement in current tax balances14.3 (11.9)

Movement in deferred tax balances1.0 (43.7)

Movements on net defined benefit plan obligationD21.77.0 

Share-based employee benefits expenseD1(0.4)4.8 

Adjustment on application of IFRS Interpretation Committee decision–(20.2)

Other1.2(0. 2)

522.0 663.9 

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade receivables and contract assets115.7(315.1)

Current inventories–(31.9)

Other current assets(9.5)(4 . 3)

Non-current trade receivables and contract assets(14.0)(21.0)

Other non-current assets4.7 8.1 

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade payables and contract liabilities(15.6)15.8 

Current financial liabilities(16.4)4.8 

Shareholder class action payableC4(34.0)34.0 

Current provisions0.7(18.8)

Non-current trade payables and contract liabilities4.2 (22.3)

Non-current financial liabilities3.8 8.3 

Non-current provisions(36.6)( 7. 2)

3.0 (349.6)

Net cash generated by operating activities 708.7 158.6 

(i) 2020 balances have been restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS)

arrangements. Refer to Note C7 for more details.

Annual Report 2021 83
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Trade receivables685.4 792.1 

Contract assets

(i)

1,493.8 1,573.5 

2,179.2 2,365.6 

Other receivables71.664.7 

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers(20.6)(19.2)

To t a l2,230.22 ,411.1 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current

(i)

2,121.0 2,315.9 

Non-current109.2 95.2 

(i) Current contract assets: $1,386.5 million (2020: $1,482.9 million).

Allowance for credit losses:

The Group’s trade receivables and contract assets are disaggregated based on their expected credit risks between Government and

Private (non-government) customers. An analysis of the balances is presented below:

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Government – not due 938.71,015.8

Government – less than 90 days past due29.531.4

Government – more than 90 days past due35.035.9 

Private – not due1,078.61,191.5

Private – less than 90 days past due63.0 55.2 

Private – more than 90 days past due34.4 35.8 

Total Gross Carrying Amount2,179.2 2,365.6 

Credit impaired – specific allowance13.2 6.9 

Not credit impaired – lifetime expected credit loss7. 4 12.3 

Loss allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers20.619.2

The Group has policies to manage its overall exposure to credit

risk as set out in Note G2(e).

In assessing lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) as at

30 June 2021, the Group has considered the risk arising from

the economic impacts of COVID-19. The Group has assessed

ECLs by segmenting the portfolio of trade receivables and

contract assets by customer (i.e. Government and Private)

as well as by geography to better assess inherent credit risk.

The Group defines counterparties as ‘Government’ if the

contract is with a National, Federal, State or Local Government

body, or an agency or entity that is owned, controlled or

guaranteed by such bodies. Any counterparties other than

those defined as ‘Government’ are classified as ‘Private’ and

include Blue-Chip listed companies, PPPs, large multinational

companies, network infrastructure companies, as well as other

private sector businesses.

The credit risk associated with Government balances is

considered to be negligible (FY20: negligible) due to the high

creditworthiness of the counterparties. No Government balances

are currently in default.

For ‘Private’ balances, the Group has recorded specific

impairment losses for counterparties that are currently in default. 

The ECLs have decreased from $12.3 million at 30 June 2020

to $7.4 million at 30 June 2021 reflecting a lower credit risk in

the current portfolio of trade receivables and contract assets,

determined in reference to past default experience.

Credit losses on ‘Private’ counterparty balances have historically

averaged less than 1%. The allowance for credit losses, excluding

specific provisions, is 0.6% (2020: 1.1%) of the trade receivables

and contract assets.

84 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C2. Trade receivables and contract assets

– continued

Remaining performance obligations

As of 30 June 2021, the aggregate amount of the transaction

price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

is $13,572.6 million (2020: $13,466.1 million). The Group will

recognise this revenue when the performance obligations

are satisfied. Approximately ~44% of remaining performance

obligations are expected to occur within the next five years; with

the remaining ~56% related to long-term service/maintenance

contracts ranging up to 41 years.

The remaining performance obligations balances for both

30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 presented above relate

to the revenue expected to be recognised from ongoing

construction type contracts with an expected duration of

more than 12 months.

During the current financial year revenue of $3,368.4 million has

been recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied

or partially satisfied in previous periods.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised

at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to

consideration for work performed but not billed at the reporting

date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables

when the rights have become unconditional. This usually occurs

when the Group issues an invoice in accordance with contractual

terms to the customer.

Payments from customers are received based on a billing

schedule/milestone basis, as established in our contracts.

Costs to obtain or fulfil contracts

Costs incremental to obtaining a contract and that are expected

to be recovered or are explicitly chargeable to the customer

regardless of whether the contract is obtained are capitalised.

Financial assets and liabilities

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) contains a classification

and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects

the business model in which assets are managed and their

cash flow characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through

profit or loss (FVTPL).

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, the

carrying amounts of the trade receivables and contract assets

are estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment

The Group has applied the simplified approach to recognise

lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract

assets and finance lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.

The Group considers the relevant credit risk associated

with disaggregated portions of the financial assets and after

considering specific provisions against counterparties and

defaults, applies an expected credit loss (ECL) percentage

derived from recorded historic credit losses associated with

the specific population. The key disaggregation of the balances

is between those that are backed by Government funding

and those that are not, and between those that are current or

are overdue less than 90 days or become more than 90 days

overdue. The Group exercises considerable judgement

about how economic factors affect this ECL of each of the

disaggregated balances independently, and applies a premium

as deemed appropriate to adjust the historically determined

default rates to present the total expected credit losses on the

current balances.

This impairment model applies to financial assets measured

at amortised cost or FVOCI (except for investments in

equity instruments).

Key estimate and judgement: Credit risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will fail

to perform an obligation causing a financial loss to the

Group. The Group minimises credit risk by undertaking

transactions with a large number of customers in

various industries and geographical areas. A credit risk

management policy is in place and exposure to credit risk

is monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Group uses historical information as a basis for the

estimation of expected credit losses and then adjusts its

assessment of credit risk based on current macro/micro

economic conditions; however, judgement is applied in

doing this assessment.

Annual Report 2021 85
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C3. Inventories

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Current

Raw materials 74.4 134.6 

Work in progress 4.3 1.3 

Finished goods 54.4 57.7 

Components and spare parts 121.1 140.4 

Total inventories254.2 334.0 

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all

estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

C4. Trade payables and contract liabilities

Note

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Trade payables670.5 697.7 

Contract liabilities444.3497.7 

Accruals1,091.5 1,034.4 

Shareholder class action payableB3–34.0 

Dividends payableE8–83.3 

Other payables 190.9179.1 

Total trade payables and contract liabilities2 , 397. 22,526.2 

Included in the financial statements as:

Current2,363.02,497.4 

Non-current34.2 28.8 

Recognition and measurement

Trade payables, accruals and other payables

Trade payables, accruals and other payables are recognised when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting from

the purchase of goods and services.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has

received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when

work is performed under the contract.

If the net amount of the Group’s rights to consideration for work performed after deduction of progress payments received is negative,

the difference is recognised as a liability and included as part of contract liabilities.

Of the Contract liabilities balance of $497.7 million at 30 June 2020, substantially all has been recognised in the current year.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

86 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C5. Property, plant and equipment

2021

$’mNote

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and

leasehold

improve-

ments

Equipment

under

finance

lease

Laundries

rental

stockTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2020123.1 1 ,187.9 –39.2 1,350.2 

Additions0.7 281.4 –27.6 309.7 

Disposals at net book value(1.8)(59.6)––(61.4)

Disposal of businesses F5(52.2)(247.7)–(40.9)(340.8)

Depreciation expense(2.6)(196.2)–(25.8)(224.6)

Impairment charge

(i)

B3–(20.2)––(20.2)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for saleF6–(9.4)––(9.4)

Reclassification at net book value

(ii)

–(8.2)––(8.2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(0.1)(0.4)–(0.1)(0.6)

Net book value as at 30 June 202167.1 927.6 ––994.7 

Cost96.5 2,005.4 ––2,101.9 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(29.4)(1 ,077. 8)––(1 ,107. 2)

2020

Balance as at 30 June 2019124.0 1,196.2 9.0 44.1 1,373.3 

Opening balance adjustment on application of AASB 16––(9.0)–(9.0)

Balance as at 1 July 2019124.0 1,196.2 –44.1 1,364.3 

Additions4.0 248.7 –33.5 286.2 

Disposals at net book value(0. 2)(19.1)––(19.3)

Depreciation expense(4 . 4)(225.6)–(35.0)(265.0)

Impairment charge

(iii)

–(6.8)–(3.3)(10.1)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(0.3)(5.5)–(0.1)(5.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 2020123.1 1 ,187.9 –39.2 1,350.2 

Cost155.1 2,748.7 –139.0 3,042.8 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(32.0)(1,560.8)–(99.8)(1,692.6)

(i) Impairment relates to the divestment of Open Cut Mining West (refer to Note F5).

(ii) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(iii) Impairment relates to leasehold improvement assets as a result of the portfolio restructure.

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold land n/aNo depreciation

Buildings 20 to 50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvements Life of leaseStraight-line

Plant and equipment – mining, power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3 to 25 years Straight-line

Laundries rental stock18 months to 5 yearsStraight-line

Annual Report 2021 87
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C5. Property, plant and equipment – continued

Recognition and measurement – continued

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values

The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’

warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leasehold improvements) and turnover policies. In addition, the condition of

the assets is assessed at least annually and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments to useful lives and residual

values are made when considered necessary.

C6. Right-of-use assets

The Group leases many assets including property, motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Information about leased assets for which

the Group is a lessee is presented below:

2021

$’m

Leasehold

Property

Motor

Vehicles

Plant and

EquipmentTo t a l

Balance as at 1 July 2020340.9 109.1 142.6 592.6 

Additions35.3 53.2 77. 3 165.8 

Remeasure(1.4)25.7 12.8 37.1 

Depreciation expense(61.1)(61.4)(58.1)(180.6)

Transferred to disposal group assets held for sale(0.2)(1.1)(0.9)(2.2)

Disposal of businesses(25.8)(2.5)(26.9)(55.2)

Disposals at net book value(5.4)(2.6)(2.1)(10.1)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.7)(0.1)(0.1)(0.9)

Net book value as at 30 June 2021281.6 120.3 144.6 546.5 

Cost401.6 226.7 224.0 852.3 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(120.0)(106.4)(79.4)(305.8)

2020

Balance recognised on adoption of AASB 16385.5 101.7 83.4 570.6 

Additions57. 5 56.4 86.1 200.0 

Remeasure(24.1)9.2 10.1 (4 . 8)

Depreciation expense(60.8)(56.0)(35.0)(151.8)

Impairment charge

(i)

(13.0)––(13.0)

Disposals at net book value(1.5)(0.9)(1.2)(3.6)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(2.7)(1.3)(0.8)(4 . 8)

Net book value as at 30 June 2020340.9 109.1 142.6 592.6 

Cost413 . 9 164.8 176.8 755.5 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment(73.0)(55.7)(34.2)(162.9)

(i) Impairment recognised as a result of the impact that the portfolio restructure had on property footprint across the businesses (refer to Note B3).

88 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C6. Right-of-use assets – continued

Recognition and measurement

Right-of-use assets

The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which

comprises:

–The amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability

–Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date,

less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs incurred by

the lessee

–An estimate of the costs to dismantle and remove the

underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset.

Subsequently the right-of-use asset is measured at cost less any

accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted

for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter period

of the lease term and the economic useful life of the underlying

asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or

the costs of the right-of-use asset reflect that the Group will

exercise a purchase option, the asset will be depreciated from

the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the

underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement

date of the lease.

Where the initially anticipated lease term is subsequently

reassessed, any changes are reflected in a remeasurement of

the lease liability and a corresponding adjustment to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of a right-of-use asset is less than

its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognised in the

profit or loss, and the carrying value of asset written-down to its

recoverable amount. Should the recoverable amount increase in

future periods the carrying value may be adjusted to the lower

of the recoverable value or the amortised cost of the asset had

it not been impaired.

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives/lease term

and recoverable value

The estimation of the useful lives has been based on the

assets’ lease terms. There are a number of judgements

made in determining the lease terms as noted in the Key

estimates and judgements section of Note E3.

The expected useful life of the asset includes a judgement

as to whether available extension changes will be

exercised. Changes to this assessment are reflected as

a remeasurement, with a corresponding adjustment for

the liability.

In assessing whether a right-of-use asset is impaired,

judgement is required to determine the recoverable value

of the asset. For corporate right-of-use assets, impairment

is assessed against the recoverable amount of cash

generating units to which they are allocated.

Annual Report 2021 89
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets

2021

$’mGoodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relation-

ships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

develop-

mentTo t a l

Restated balance as at 1 July 20202,281.3 280.6 67.0 1.8 229.3 2,860.0 

Additions – – – –28.4 28.4 

Amortisation expense –(62.0)(4.0)(0.2)(23.0)(89.2)

Disposal of businesses –(15.4) – –(8.2)(23.6)

Transferred to disposal group assets

held for sale – – – –(0.5)(0.5)

Reclassification at net book value

(i)

– – – –8.2 8.2 

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(0.5) – – –0.1 (0.4)

Net book value as at 30 June 20212,280.8 203.2 63.0 1.6 234.3 2,782.9 

Cost2,598.2 471. 2 79.0 2.4 436.6 3,587.4 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(317. 4)(268.0)(16.0)(0.8)(202.3)(804.5)

2020

Carrying amount as at 1 July 20192,454.5 345.0 71.3 2.0 257.9 3,130.7 

Opening balance adjustment on application

of IFRS Interpretation Committee decision

(ii)

– – – –(36.1)(36.1)

Adjusted carrying amount as at 1 July 20192,454.5 345.0 71.3 2.0 221.8 3,094.6 

Additions –2.7  – –61.4 64.1 

Disposals at net book value – – – –(0. 2)(0. 2)

Business acquisition adjustments(5.5) – – – –(5.5)

Amortisation expense –(67.1)(4 .0)(0. 2)(29.2)(100.5)

Impairment charge

(iii)

(165.0) – – –(23.9)(188.9)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(2.7) –(0.3) –(0.6)(3.6)

Net book value as at 30 June 20202,281.3 280.6 67.0 1.8 229.3 2,860.0 

Cost2,598.7 494.7 79.1 2.4 4 41 . 9 3,616.8 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(317.4)(214.1)(12.1)(0.6)(212.6)(756.8)

(i) Reclassifications of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(ii) Restated to reflect the Group’s change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and customisation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements.

(iii) $165.0 million impairment as a result of assessment of the carrying value of the Spotless group of CGUs. $23.9 million impairment of capitalised Information Systems

(including applications and IT infrastructure) in CGUs that are being wound down as part of the portfolio restructure (refer to Note B3).

90 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

During the year, the Group revised its accounting policy in

relation to configuration and customisation costs incurred in

implementing SaaS arrangements in response to the IFRIC

agenda decision clarifying its interpretation of how current

accounting standards apply to these types of arrangements.

The Group’s accounting policy has historically been to capitalise

costs related to the configuration and customisation of SaaS

arrangements as intangible assets in the Statement of Financial

Position. Following the adoption of the above IFRIC agenda

decision, current SaaS arrangements were identified and

assessed to determine if the Group has control of the software.

For those arrangements where control does not exist, the Group

derecognised the intangible previously capitalised.

The adoption of the above agenda decisions has resulted

in recognition of costs to configure SaaS arrangements

as an expense of $14.0 million ($9.9 million post-tax) in

the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other

Comprehensive Income in the current year and $25.5 million

(post-tax) as an opening balance adjustment to prior year.

The impact of this change has flowed through to the closing

balances for the year ended 30 June 2020. The Consolidated

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

comparatives for FY20 are unchanged, as the net impact of an

increase in expenses and a reduction on amortisation was not

assessed to be material.

The following table presents the impact of the 1 July 2019

restatement on the comparative information presented in the

prior year Annual Report:

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Balances as at 30 June 2020:

$’m Note

As

previously

reportedAdjustment

As

restated

Intangible assets2,896.1 (36.1)2,860.0 

Deferred tax assetB 5 (b)141. 5 10.6 152.1 

Other net assets/(liabilities)(417.1)–(417.1)

Net assets2,620.5 (25.5)2,595.0 

Retained earnings94.3 (25.5)68.8 

Other equity balances2,526.2 –2,526.2 

Total equity2,620.5 (25.5)2,595.0 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 30 June 2020:

$’m 

As

previously

reportedAdjustment

As

restated

Payments to suppliers and employees(13,518.3)(20.2)(13,538.5)

Net cash generated by operating activities178.8 (20.2)158.6 

Payments for intangible assets(61.7)20.2 (41 . 5 )

Net cash used in investing activities(3 97. 9)20.2 (37 7.7 )

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Annual Report 2021 91
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents and trademarks) and software

are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently measured at

cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

Internally developed systems are capitalised once the project is

assessed to be feasible. The costs capitalised include consulting

and direct labour costs. Costs incurred in determining project

feasibility are expensed as incurred.

Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements

SaaS arrangements are service contracts providing the Group

with the right to access the cloud provider’s application software

over the contract period. As such the Group does not receive a

software intangible asset at the contract commencement date.

For SaaS arrangements, the Group assesses if the contract will

provide a resource that it can ‘control’ to determine whether an

intangible asset is present. If the Group cannot determine control

of the software, the arrangement is deemed a service contract

and any implementation costs including costs to configure

or customise the cloud provider’s application software are

recognised as operating expenses when incurred.

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful Life

Software and system development5 to 15 years

Brand names20 years

Intellectual property acquired15 to 20 years

Customer contracts and relationships1 to 20 years

Other intangible assets20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed

at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life

are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or

changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or

changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may

not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which

the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped

at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable

cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows

from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or

CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered

impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment

at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to

CGUs or groups of CGUs (‘CGUs’) that are significant individually

or in aggregate, taking into consideration the nature of service,

resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where

independent cash flows are identifiable.

Consistent with prior year, eight independent CGUs have been

identified across the Group against which goodwill has been

allocated and for which impairment testing has been undertaken.

The goodwill allocation to each CGU is presented below:

Carrying value of

consolidated goodwill 

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Transport Australia275.1 275.1 

Utilities Australia335.0335.0 

Rail55.3 55.3 

Defence53.7 53.7 

Downer NZ Services69.0 69.3 

Building Projects NZ62.062.2 

Spotless1,276.3 1,276.3 

EC&M Australia154.4 154.4 

2,280.82,281.3 

92 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Key estimates and judgements:

SaaS arrangements

Where the SaaS arrangement supplier provides both

configuration and customisation services, judgement has

been applied to determine whether each of these services

are distinct from the underlying use of the SaaS application

software. Distinct configuration and customisation costs

are expensed as incurred as the software is configured or

customised (i.e. upfront).

Non-distinct configuration and customisation costs are

expensed over the SaaS contract term. Non-distinct

customisation activities significantly enhance or

modify a SaaS cloud-based application. Judgement

has been applied in determining whether the degree of

customisation and modification of the SaaS cloud-based

application is significant.

In implementing SaaS arrangements, the Group has

developed software code that either enhances, modifies or

creates additional capability to the existing owned software.

This software is used to connect with the SaaS arrangement

cloud-based application.

Judgement has been applied in determining whether the

changes to the owned software meets the definition of and

recognition criteria for an intangible asset in accordance

with AASB 138 Intangible Assets.

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an

estimation of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which

the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

are allocated. Key assumptions requiring judgement include

projected cash flows, discount rates, budgeted EBIT growth

rate and long-term growth rate.

Estimation of useful life

The estimation of the economic useful lives of software

is initially determined based on historical experience. The

useful lives of intangible assets recognised on business

combinations is independently determined based on

detailed reviews of similar assets and underlying factors.

These useful lives are regularly reassessed for indicators of

any change to the initial assessments. If the economic useful

lives are determined to have changed, the amortisation of

the assets is adjusted to reflect the new expected useful life,

impacting the future amortisation recognised.

Recoverable amount testing

The recoverable amount of the identified CGUs has been

assessed using the higher of “value in use” (VIU) and “fair value

less cost of disposal” (FVLCD).

The carrying value of the CGUs has been determined using

methodologies consistent with the prior period.

Value in use calculation

Transport Australia, Utilities Australia, EC&M Australia,

Rail, Defence, Building Projects NZ and NZ Services CGUs

have been assessed using a VIU model.

In assessing VIU, the estimated future cash flows are discounted

to their present value using a discount rate that uses current

market assessments of the time value of money and the risks

specific to the CGU.

The Group determines the recoverable amount, using three-

year cash flow projections based on the FY22 budget and the

business plans for the years ending 30 June 2023 and 2024

(as approved by the Board). For FY25 onwards, the Group

assumes a long-term growth rate of 2.25% to reflect the organic

growth expectations of the industry.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted

Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) less tax, capital

maintenance spending and working capital changes, adjusted

to exclude any uncommitted restructuring costs and future

benefits to provide a ‘free cash flow’ estimate. This calculated

‘free cash flow’ is then discounted to its present value using a

post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments

of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for

which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

Fair value less cost of disposal calculation

The carrying value of the Spotless CGUs has been assessed

using a FVLCD model.

In FY21 Downer reached an agreement with shareholders

to acquire the remaining 12.2% minority interest in Spotless.

Following the acquisition on 7 October 2020, the Group has

delivered on its FY21 synergy targets with further synergies

anticipated to be realised in FY22.

The use of the FVLCD method for impairment testing is

considered more appropriate as a market participant would take

advantage of the ongoing synergy benefits available.

In determining FVLCD for the Spotless CGU, a discounted cash

flow model was used. Similarly to the other CGUs, a three-year

cash flow projection, based on the EBIT as per the FY22 budget

and the business plan for FY23 and FY24, was utilised. For FY25

onwards, the Group assumes a long-term growth rate of 2.25%

to allow for organic growth on the existing asset base.

Annual Report 2021 93
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – continued

Adjustments are made to these projections to include assumptions that a market participant would make, such as cash flows relating

to restructuring and integration, following Downer obtaining 100% control of Spotless.

These calculations, classified as Level 3 on the fair value hierarchy, are compared to valuation multiples, or other fair value indicators

where available, to ensure reasonableness.

Results of impairment testing

No impairment has been identified for any of the CGUs.

For all CGUs, sensitivities were made around WACC, growth rate and cash flows assumptions. No reasonably possible change in key

assumptions would give rise to an impairment of any of the CGUs.

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions

The table below summarises the key assumptions utilised in the VIU and FVLCD calculations.

20212020

Budgeted

EBIT

(i)

Long-term

growth

rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Budgeted

EBIT

(ii)

Long-term

growth

rate

Discount

rate

(post-tax)

Transport Australia 3.7%2.25%8.5%4.7%2.25%9.0%

Utilities Australia7.1%2.25%8.3%(2.6)%2.25%8.2%

Rail5.7%2.25%8.7%0.3%2.25%9.1%

Defence13.8%2.25%9.4%16.8%2.25%10.3%

Downer NZ Services3.0%2.25%8.6%3.9%2.25%8.3%

Building Projects NZ1.4%2.25%9.7%(2.0)%2.25%9.5%

Spotless6.8%2.25%8.1%1.8%2.25%8.3%

EC&M Australia 8.6%2.25%9.0%1.8%2.25%9.7%

(i) Budgeted EBIT for 2021 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY21 actual to terminal year forecast based on the CGU’s business plan.

(ii) Budgeted EBIT for 2020 is expressed as the compound annual growth rates (CAGR) from FY19 actual to terminal year forecast based on the CGU’s business plan.

An FY19 actual to terminal year CAGR has been disclosed to normalise for the impacts of COVID-19 in FY20.

For all CGUs the FY22 budget and the business plan for FY23

and FY24 have included consideration of the impact of climate

risk. The impact of climate risk is not a key assumption in the

‘value in use’ or ‘fair value less cost of disposal’ calculations.

(i) Projected cash flows – including budgeted EBIT and

the impact of COVID-19

COVID-19 Impact on projected cash flows

Budgeted EBIT has been based on past experience and the

Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting

the industry within which the Downer businesses operate. The

ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Group’s business

lines to varying degrees, with impacts including forced lockdown,

event cancellations, travel restrictions, supply chain restrictions

and general productivity constraints.

Downer continues to be vigilant around the management of

COVID-19 and maintaining the highest levels of controls in

line with expert advice and Government guidance. Following a

shock to GDP growth in 2020 driven by COVID-19 shutdowns

and restrictions, the economy has rebounded sharply. In

its latest Economic Outlook statement, the RBA estimates

domestic GDP will grow 4.75% in 2021 and 3.5% in 2022.

Growth in activity is expected to be broad-based over this

period, led by the household sector and, importantly for

Downer, the public sector. Growth is then forecast to settle

in a range of 2-3%.

Whilst the near-term future health consequences of COVID-19

remain uncertain, the experience to date of the impacts of

COVID-19 on FY20 and FY21 financial performance has been

taken into consideration in the preparation of the projected

cash flows for the FY22 budget and the business plans for

FY23 and FY24.

Generally speaking, the Transport Australia, Utilities Australia,

Rail, Defence and Downer NZ Services CGUs have demonstrated

ongoing resilience, mainly as their customer base includes

Government Agencies or Government-owned corporations.

Through FY21 the EC&M Australia CGU was the most

heavily impacted by COVID-19 due to customers deferring

maintenance program spending and challenges in mobilising

labour as a result of State border closures. Maintenance

expenditure deferred from FY21 is anticipated to give rise

to an improved performance in FY22.

94 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – Key assumptions – continued

Ongoing cash flow forecasts

The cash flow projections through to the terminal year are based

on the Group’s past experience and assessment of economic

and regulatory factors affecting the business in which the

Downer businesses operate. The terminal year cash flow reflects

a steady state performance. Specifically, for each CGU:

–Transport Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in activity in the transport sector due to higher user

expectation and higher Government spend.

–Utilities Australia is expected to benefit from an increase

in new work won and increased levels of activity in

maintenance work contracts.

–Rail is expected to improve through new opportunities

on rail fleet extensions and maintenance, increased work

opportunities in Queensland and through committed

operational synergies.

–The Defence business is expected to benefit from an

increase in Government spending to deliver a number of

key initiatives as well as from expanding its offering and

services to current and new customers.

–Downer New Zealand Services is expected to benefit

from increased investment in infrastructure, particularly

in transport and utilities.

–Building Projects New Zealand is expected to benefit from

Government-linked expenditure in the vertical build area.

–EC&M Australia’s revenue and EBIT growth assumptions

have reflected an expected recovery on plant maintenance

and shutdowns that were delayed due to COVID-19.

–The cash flows of the Spotless CGU have outperformed

against expectations in the year, and with the exception

of the impact of COVID-19 on the Hospitality business,

have demonstrated operational resilience. During the year

Spotless has disposed of its Laundries business (refer to

Note F5), resulting in a reduction in ongoing capital

investment required to deliver forecast cash flows.

(ii) Long-term growth rates

The long-term annual growth rates, applicable for the periods

after which detailed forecasts have been prepared, are based on

the long-term expected GDP rates for the country of operation,

adjusted as necessary to reflect industry-specific considerations.

(iii) Discount rates

Post-tax discount rates of between 8.1% and 9.7% reflect

the Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks

associated with each CGU.

In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU,

consideration has been given to the estimated weighted

average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted

for country and business risks specific to that CGU.

The post-tax discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows

that include an allowance for tax based on the respective

jurisdiction’s tax rate. This method is used to approximate the

requirement of the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax

discount rate to pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The expected cash flows for capital expenditure are based

on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal

year calculation are for maintenance capital used for existing

plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The

resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual

depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to

support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account

changes in the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line

with historic trends given the level of operating activity.

C8. Lease receivables

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Less than one year0.1 20.6 

Between one and five years–50.9 

Greater than five years––

Future minimum lease receivables0.1 71.5 

Less: unearned finance income–(4 .7 )

Present value of minimum lease

receivables0.1 66.8 

Included in the financial

statements as:

Current0.1 18.5 

Non-current–48.3 

The Group’s lease receivables materially related to mining

businesses that have been divested in the year. Refer to Note F5.

There were no guaranteed residual values of assets leased under

finance leases at reporting date (2020: nil). However some of the

leased assets serve as a guarantee against these receivables.

Recognition and measurement

Some of the Group’s mining services contracts include

arrangements whereby the customer will retain ownership of the

assets at the end of the contract. The asset component of those

contracts is recognised as lease receivables.

A lease arrangement transfers substantially all the risks and

rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee. The Group’s net

investment in the lease equals the net present value of the future

minimum lease payments. Finance lease income is recognised

to reflect a constant periodic rate of return on the Group’s

remaining net investment in respect of the lease.

Annual Report 2021 95
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C9. Other provisions

2021

$’m

Decomm-

issioning

and

restoration

Warranties

and

contract

claims

Onerous

contracts

and otherTo t a l  

Balance at 1 July 2020 29.1 37.7 46.7 113.5

Additional provisions recognised 1.3 15.5 17. 3 34.1

Unused provisions reversed (1.3) (1.8)– (3.1)

Utilisation of provisions (4.0) (25.1) (28.6) (57.7)

Disposal of businesses–– (0.8) (0.8)

Balance at 30 June 2021 25.1 26.3 34.6 86.0

Included in financial statements as:

Current 8.5 21.6 34.3 64.4

Non-current 16.6 4.7 0.3 21.6

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

–The Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event

–It is probable that resources will be expended to settle

the obligation

–The amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for

close-down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs,

including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure,

removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes

are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at

the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the liability.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for

the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at

balance sheet date and known claims arising under service and

construction contracts.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to

onerous customer contracts and supply contracts.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Key estimates and judgements: Provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected

expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at

the reporting date, based on current legal requirements,

technology and estimates of inflation.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

The provision is estimated having regard to previous claims

experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

These provisions have been calculated based on

management’s best estimate of discounted net cash

outflows required to fulfil the contracts. The status of these

contracts and the adequacy of provisions are assessed

at each reporting date. Any change in the assessment of

provisions impacts the results of the business.

96 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C10. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

The Group has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract

performance in the normal course of business for controlled entitiesE21,376.31,439.8 

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

(i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover

this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the

financial statements.

(ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot

be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent

liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become

payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

(iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly

and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant

joint arrangements.

(iv) The Group carries the normal contractors’ and consultants’

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional

advice, design, completion, workmanship, and damage), as

well as liability for personal injury/property damage during

the course of a project. Potential liability may arise from

claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against

Group companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which

the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing

a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in

relation to services, supply and construction contracts as

well as in relation to personal injury and property damage

claims arising from project delivery.

(v) Downer New Zealand, an entity in the Group, has been

named as co-defendants in a ‘leaky building’ claim. The leaky

building claim where the Group entity is co-defendant

relates to water damage arising from historical design and

construction methodologies (and certification) for residential

and other buildings in New Zealand during the early to mid

2000s. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of

any further information relating to the leaky building claim

would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

Annual Report 2021 97
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key executives,

including Key Management Personnel (KMP). Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value of ownership and

incentives and drive performance both individually and collectively to deliver better returns to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Defined benefit plan

D3. Key management personnel compensation

D4. Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

– Defined contribution plans costs214.6262.3

– Share-based employee benefits expense

(i)

(0.4)4.8

– Employee benefits3,630.73,885.8

– Redundancy costs12.957.4

– Defined benefit plan costs1.77.0

To t a l 3,859.54, 217. 3

Employee benefits provision:

– Current353.637 7.1

– Non-current

(ii)

35.355.0

To t a l388.9432.1

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for the year includes the reversal for the 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

(ii) Included in the non-current employee benefit provision is the net obligation of the defined benefit plan. Refer to Note D2.

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in respect of

employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when they

are settled and include related on-costs, such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation and payroll tax.

98 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key estimates and judgements:

Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present value of estimated future payments for the services provided by

employees up to the end of the reporting period. This calculation requires judgement in determining the following key assumptions:

–Future increase in wages and salary rates

–Future on-cost rates

–Expected settlement dates based on staff turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity of the entitlement.

For New Zealand employees the liability is discounted using long-term government bond rates given there is no deep corporate

bond market.

Interpretation of Enterprise Agreements (EAs) and Modern Awards

Management estimates any potential expenses in relation to payroll remediation matters.

Previously identified matters are in the process of final validation and quantification. In the case of redundancy costs arising

from Ordinary and Customary Turnover of Labour rate (OCTL), the quantification and ultimate liability will also be subject to the

outcome of any appeal.

The Group is committed to ensuring its people are paid in accordance with their legal entitlements and will keep the dedicated

reviewing team in place until it is satisfied that the above matters have been addressed.

D2. Defined benefit plan

The Group participates in the EquipSuper Defined Benefit Scheme which provides participants (<100 employees) with a lump sum

benefit on retirement, death, disablement or withdrawal. The scheme operates under the Superannuation Industry legislation, and

is governed by The Scheme Trustees, in compliance with Australian Prudential Regulation Authority framework. The scheme is closed

to new employees.

As at 30 June 2021, the fair value of plan assets (comprising Investment Funds) was $59.6 million. The plan obligation balance was

$60.5 million. The net liability of $0.9 million is included in Employee provisions above (refer to Note D1). These balances were subject

to an independent actuarial review as at 30 June 2021.

The main movements during the year were $1.7 million of services costs expensed to the profit or loss, $5.0 million of actuarial gains on

the obligation, and the Group contributions of $1.3 million.

Key actuarial assumptions used in determining the values were a discount rate of 2.5% and an expected salary increase rate of

3.0%. Sensitivity analysis shows a 0.5 percentage point reduction in the discount rate would increase the obligation by 4.6% and

0.5 percentage point increase in the expected salary increase rate would increase the obligation by 4.4%.

Key estimate and judgement: Valuation of the defined benefit plan assets and obligations

There are a number of estimates and assumptions used in determining the defined benefit plan assets, obligations and expenses.

These include salary increases, future earnings, and the returns on fund investments. Any difference in these assumptions or

estimates will be recognised in other comprehensive income and not through the income statement. The net of the plan assets

and obligations recognised in the statement of financial position will be affected by any movement in the returns on the investment

or the rate of interest.

Annual Report 2021 99
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

D3. Key management personnel compensation

2021

$

2020

$

Short-term employee benefits10,665,093 7,914,786

Post-employment benefits225,533 244,055

Share-based payments

(i)

(150,354) 1,878,243

To t a l10,740,272 10,037,084

(i) Share-based payments net benefit for the year includes the reversal for the 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan performance rights due to forfeiture.

Recognition and measurement

Equity-settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at fair

value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions is

recognised in profit or loss and credited to equity over the

vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises

its estimates of the number of rights that are expected to

vest for service and non-market performance conditions.

The expense recognised each year takes into account the

most recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using

an option pricing model and takes into account any market

related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions

are not considered when determining value; however they are

included in assumptions about the number of rights that are

expected to vest.

Cash-settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled

share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during

which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the

payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date

and at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes

in the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D4. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan

during the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020.

100 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect

the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure

and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in

opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Lease liabilities

E4. Commitments

E5. Issued capital

E6. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

E7. Reserves

E8. Dividends

E1. Borrowings

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Current

Unsecured:

– Bank loans50.0 5.4

– AUD medium term notes250.0 –

– Deferred finance charges(3.8)(4 .0)

Total current borrowings296.2 1.4

Non-current

Unsecured:

– Bank loans400.0 982.2

– USD private placement notes133.0 145.7

– AUD private placement notes30.0 30.0

– AUD medium term notes510.7 762.8

– JPY medium term notes120.4 135.3

– Deferred finance charges(8.7)(6.1)

Total non-current borrowings1,185.42,049.9

Total borrowings1,481.6 2,051.3

Fair value of total borrowings

(i)

1,611.5 2,230.4

(i) Excludes lease liabilities.

Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are discounted using current market base interest rates and adjusted for current

market credit default swap spreads for companies with a BBB credit rating.

Annual Report 2021 101
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that were unutilised:

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Syndicated loan facilities1,100.0 960.0

Bilateral loan facilities327.0 310.0

Total unutilised loan facilities1,427.0 1,270.0

Syndicated bank guarantee facilities148.1 102.5

Bilateral bank guarantees and insurance bonding facilities484.9492.5

Total unutilised bonding facilities633.0 595.0

Summary of borrowing arrangements

The Group’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral loan facilities:

The Group has a total of $477.0 million in bilateral loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities.

Syndicated loan facilities:

The Group has $1,400.0 million of syndicated bank loan facilities

which are unsecured, committed facilities.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of US$100.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

The USD denominated principal and interest amounts have been

fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

–$250.0 million maturing March 2022

–$500.0 million maturing April 2026

–JPY 10.0 billion maturing May 2033

–The carrying value of the AUD MTN maturing April 2026

includes a premium of $10.7 million over the face value

owing to the differential between the coupon rate for that

instrument and the prevailing market interest rate at the

date of issue.

–The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have

been fully hedged against the Australian dollar through

a cross-currency interest rate swap.

The above loan facilities and note issuances are supported

by guarantees from certain Group subsidiaries.

The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowing arrangements by

financial year is represented in the below table by facility limit:

Maturing in the period

$’m

Bilateral

Loan

Facilities

Syndicated

Loan

Facilities

USD Private

Placement

Notes

AUD Private

Placement

Notes

Medium

Te r m

Notes To t a l

1 July 2021 to 30 June 2022 50.0 – – – 250.0 300.0

1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023 352.0 – – – – 352.0

1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024 75.0 300.0 – – – 375.0

1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025 – 400.0 – – – 400.0

1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026 – 400.0 133.0 30.0 500.0 1,063.0

1 July 2026 to 30 June 2027 – 300.0 – – – 300.0

1 July 2032 to 30 June 2033 – – – – 120.4 120.4

To t a l 477.0 1,400.0 133.0 30.0 870.4 2,910.4

102 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E2. Financing facilities – continued

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings to

comply with financial covenants and ensure that Group guarantors

of these facilities collectively meet certain minimum threshold

amounts of Group EBITA and Group Total Tangible Assets.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to are

Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Leverage.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken monthly and reported

at the Downer Board meetings. Reporting of financial covenants

to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12-month

periods to 30 June and 31 December. Downer Group was in

compliance with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2021.

Bank guarantees and insurance bonds

The Group has $2,009.3 million of bank guarantee and insurance

bond facilities to support its contracting activities.

$1,126.5 million of these facilities are provided to the Group on a

committed basis and $882.8 million on an uncommitted basis.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of banks and

insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

$1,376.3 million (refer to Note C10) of these facilities were

utilised as at 30 June 2021 with $633.0 million unutilised.

These facilities have varying maturity dates between financial

years 2022, 2023 and 2024.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project specific risk.

The Group has flexibility in respect of certain committed facility

amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral loan facilities)

which can, at the election of the Group, be utilised to provide

additional bank guarantees capacity.

Refinancing requirements

The Group will negotiate with existing and, where required,

with new financiers to extend the maturity date or refinance

facilities maturing within the next 12 months. The Group’s

financial metrics and credit rating as well as conditions in

financial markets and other factors may influence the outcome

of these negotiations. As at 30 June 2021, the Group has

$300 million debt facilities maturing within the next 12 months,

comprising a $250 million MTN that matures in March 2022

and a $50 million Term Loan facility that matures in June 2022.

Whilst the means of refinancing has not yet been determined,

the Group’s strong liquidity, investment grade credit rating

and extensive bank relationships are expected to provide it

with sufficient flexibility to either repay these maturities from

existing undrawn committed debt facilities or refinance them

with new facilities prior to maturity. Refer to Note G2(f) for

liquidity risk management.

Credit ratings

The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB

(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is

lowered or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers

may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,

banks and other lending institutions may demand more stringent

terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower

facility limits) on all financing facilities, to reflect the weaker

credit risk profile.

Annual Report 2021 103
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E3. Lease liabilities

Contractual undiscounted

cash flows

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Less than one year176.1 193.1

One to five years360.8 402.2

More than five years196.1 292.5

Total undiscounted lease

liabilities733.0 8 87. 8

Current157.7 168.9

Non-current505.1 594.3

Total lease liabilities662.8 763.2

Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of

future lease payments that are not paid at the commencement

date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or if

this rate cannot be readily determined the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease

liability comprise:

–Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments),

less any lease incentives receivable

–Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate

–The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is

reasonably certain to exercise that option

–The amount expected to be payable under a residual value

guarantee

–Payments of penalties for termination of the lease, if the

lease term reflects the lessee exercising an option to

terminate the lease.

Variable lease payments not included in the initial measurement

of the lease liability are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the

carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using

the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying

amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a

corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset)

whenever:

–The lease term has changed or there is a significant event

or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case

the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised

lease payments using a revised discount rate

–The lease payments change due to changes in an index or

rate or a change in the amount expected to be payable under

a residual value guarantee

–A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is

not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the

lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the

modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments

using a revised discount rate at the effective date of

the modification.

The expense charged to profit or loss for low value and short-

term leases (excluded from lease liabilities) is analysed as:

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Lease expenses

Land and buildings2.12.4

Plant and equipment52.736.5

Total lease expenses54.838.9

Key estimates and judgements: Lease liabilities

(i) Extension option

In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts

and circumstances that create an economic incentive to

exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination

option. Extension options (or periods after termination

options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is

reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

(ii) Incremental borrowing rate

In determining the present value of the future lease

payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using

an incremental borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the

financing characteristics and duration of the underlying

lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset

(or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), this rate

will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a

lease modification occurs, and it is not accounted for as a

separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new

characteristics of the lease.

104 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E4. Commitments

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

Within one year42.572.1

Between one and five years16.7 15.5

Greater than five years0.7 0.4

To t a l59.988.0

Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.

Within one year16.8 24.3

Between one and five years7.0 35.2

Greater than five years2.5 3.7

To t a l26.3 63.2

E5. Issued capital

Jun 2021Jun 2020

No. $’m No. $’m

Ordinary shares696,928,956 2,631.5 594,702,512 2,263.1

Unvested executive incentive shares1,249,255 ( 7.5)2,231,632 (12.0)

Distributing Securities (ROADS) 200,000,000 178.6 200,000,000 178.6

To t a l2,802.6 2,429.7

(a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20212020

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.7 2,263.1

Capital raising

(i)

106.6 399.7 ––

Capital raising costs net of tax–(6.5)––

Group on-market share buy-back(4.4)(24.8)––

Balance at the end of the financial year696.9 2,631.5 594.7 2,263.1

(b) Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year2.2 (12.0)3.4 (16.6)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(ii)

(1.0)4.5 (1.2)4.6

Balance at the end of the financial year1.2 ( 7.5)2.2 (12.0)

(i) On 30 July 2020, 88,585,611 shares were issued with net proceeds of $332.2 million, and on 20 August 2020 18,004,231 shares were issued with net proceeds of $67.5 million

being received.

(ii) June 2021 figures relate to the 2017 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2018 STI award and first deferred component of the 2019 STI award totalling 982,377 vested

shares for a value of $4,488,658. June 2020 figures relate to the 2016 LTI plan, second deferred component of the 2017 STI award and first deferred component of the 2018

STI award totalling 1,153,814 vested shares for a value of $4,608,778.

Annual Report 2021 105
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E5. Issued capital – continued

(b) Unvested executive incentive shares – continued

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under the

Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the

performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have

been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the

market for employee equity plans.

(c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

20212020

m’s $’m m’s $’m

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares,

the dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2021 is 4.42% per annum (2020: 4.32% per annum) which is equivalent to the

one year swap rate on 15 June 2021 of 0.37% per annum plus the step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights

During the financial year 1,420,213 performance rights (Jun 2020: nil) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior

executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained

in the Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the

vested shares is transferred from the Employee benefits reserve.

E6. Non-controlling interest (NCI)

The following table summarises the NCI in relation to the Group’s subsidiaries:

Jun 2021Jun 2020

Spotless

$’m

Other

$’m

To t a l

$’m

Spotless

$’m

Other

$’m

To t a l

$’m

Current assets–17. 3 17. 3 563.9 18.4 582.3 

Non-current assets–1.4 1.4 2 ,407. 3 0.3 2 ,407.6 

Current liabilities–(1.4)(1.4)(738.3)(1 .4)(739.7)

Non-current liabilities–(0.1)(0.1)(1 ,087.4)(0.1)(1,087. 5)

Net assets – 17. 2 17. 2 1,145.5 17. 2 1,162.7

NCI percentage – 26.0%26.0%12.198%26.0%

Net assets attributable to NCI – 4.5 4.5 139.7 4.5 144.2

106 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E6. Non-controlling interest (NCI) – continued

On 7 October 2020, the Group completed the acquisition of the 12.198% of the Spotless shares that it did not already own.

The table below summarises the accounting for the acquisition of the NCI.

Note$’m

Cash consideration paid134.5

Fair value of Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) at issue date16.7

Total consideration151.2

Value of Spotless NCI at 30 June 2020(139.7)

NCI share of Spotless results (1.2)

(140.9)

NCI share of other reserves (0.3)

Value of NCI on acquisition(141.2)

Net premium(10.0)

Transaction Costs (net of tax)(5.3)

Deferred Tax recognised on Spotless joining the Downer tax consolidated group

(i)

24.8

Amount recognised in Equity reserveE79.5

(i) The acquisition of the remaining 12.198% shares in Spotless that Downer did not already own automatically resulted in Spotless joining the Downer tax consolidated group

on 7 October 2020. As such, the tax bases of the assets of Spotless are required to be reset by applying the allocable cost amount (ACA) methodology prescribed under

the income tax legislation. An ACA calculation has been undertaken resulting in a net increase of $24.8 million in deferred tax assets which has been recognised in equity

at 30 June 2021.

The fair value of the DCSO issued as at the date the transaction completed was determined using an option pricing model. The key

assumptions used in this assessment were a TERP adjusted share price of $4.30, option volatility of 40%, interest of 0.31% and dividend

yield of 8.5%.

The premium payable (being the difference between the total carrying value of the NCI interest, and the fair value of the consideration

paid or payable) was recognised within Equity.

The liability recognised in relation to the DCSO is a Level 2 financial instrument whose fair value is calculated based on an option

pricing model, using inputs from observable data. It is recorded in the Statement of financial position as part of the current Other

financial liabilities balance and is revalued at each reporting date, with any movement in the liability being recognised through

‘Other expenses from ordinary activities’ in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

Note$’m

DCSO Liability recognised at issue date16.7

Charge to ‘Other expenses from ordinary activities’B316.6

Liability at 30 June 202133.3

Key estimate and judgement: Allocable cost amount (ACA) calculation

As a consequence of acquiring the remaining 12.198% shares in Spotless that Downer did not already own, Spotless automatically

joined the Downer tax consolidated group on 7 October 2020. As such, the tax bases of the assets of Spotless were reset applying

the ACA methodology. An external valuation of the assets of Spotless at the joining date was undertaken for the purpose of

performing the ACA calculation. Judgement is required to determine the market values of the relevant assets.

Annual Report 2021 107
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E7. Reserves

2021

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

trans-

lation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Equity

reserve

Fair

value

through

OCI

reserve

To t a l

attribut-

able

to the

members

of the

Parent

Balance at 1 July 2020(29.4)(30.6)14.9 –(2.6)(47.7)

Foreign currency translation difference–0.7 –––0.7 

Actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations––5.0 ––5.0 

Income tax effect of actuarial movement on

defined benefit plan obligations––(1.5)––(1.5)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)6.8 ––––6.8 

Total comprehensive income for the year6.8 0.7 3.5 ––11.0 

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(4.5)––(4.5)

Share-based employee benefits expense––(0.4)––(0.4)

Income tax relating to share-based transactions during the year––1.2 ––1.2 

Acquisition of Non-Controlling Interest (net of tax)(0.5)0.2 –9.5 –9.2 

Balance at 30 June 2021(23.1)(29.7)14.7 9.5 (2.6)(31.2)

2020

Balance at 1 July 2019(24.0)(16.7)15.8 –(2.6)(27. 5)

Foreign currency translation difference–(13.9)–––(13.9)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(5 .4)––––(5 .4)

Actuarial movement on defined benefit plan obligations––0.7––0.7

Income tax effect of actuarial movement on defined benefit plan

obligations––(0. 2)––(0. 2)

Total comprehensive income for the year(5 .4)(13.9)0.5 ––(18.8)

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(4 . 6)––(4 . 6)

Share-based employee benefits expense––4.8 ––4.8

Income tax relating to share-based transactions during the year––(1.6)––(1.6)

Balance at 30 June 2020(29.4)(30.6)14.9 –(2.6)(47.7 )

Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the

cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging

instruments relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign

exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial

statements of operations where their functional currency is

different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefit reserve

The employee benefit reserve is used to recognise the fair

value of share-based payments issued to employees over the

vesting period, and to recognise the value attributable to the

share-based payments during the reporting period. This reserve

also includes the actuarial gain/loss arisen on the defined benefit

plan (refer to Note D2).

Equity reserve

The Equity reserve accounts for the difference between the

fair value of, and the amounts paid or received for, equity

transactions with non-controlling interests.

Fair value through OCI reserve

The fair value through OCI reserve comprises the cumulative

net change in the fair value of equity investments designated

as FVOCI. Until the assets are derecognised or reclassified, this

amount is reduced by the amount of loss allowance.

108 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

E8. Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares

2021

Final

2021

Interim

2020

Final

2020

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)12.09.0 –14.0

Franking percentage0%0%–0%

Cost (in $’m)83.6 63.1 – 83.3

Dividend record date26/8/2125/2/21–26/2/20

Payment date23/9/2125/3/21–25/9/20

Recognition and measurement

A liability is recognised for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the

entity, before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance sheet date.

Downer deferred the unfranked FY20 interim dividend which was originally due to be paid on 25 March 2020 which was disclosed

as a dividend payable as at 30 June 2020 (refer to Note C4). The dividend was paid on 25 September 2020 and is disclosed in the

cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2021.

The final 2021 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

(b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2021Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.72 0.73 0.71 0.72 2.88

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.4 1.5 1.5 1.4 5.8

Payment date15/9/2015/12/2015/3/2115/6/21

2020Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)0.92 0.95 0.96 0.92 3.75

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)1.8 1.9 1.9 1.8 7.4

Payment date16/9/1916/12/1916/3/2015/6/20

(c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2021 is nil (2020: nil).

Annual Report 2021 109
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s Group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has

interest in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business

acquisitions and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent

of related party transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

F2. Controlled entities

F3. Related party information

F4. Parent entity disclosures

F5. Acquisition and disposals of businesses

F6. Disposal group held for sale

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associates

Note

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year32.1 31.5

Share of net profit12.9 18.2

Share of distributions(11.6)(17. 2)

Interest in joint venture divested(9.3)–

Foreign currency exchange differences–(0.4)

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year24.1 32.1

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year78.5 7 7. 3

Share of net profit9.3 1.2

Investment in associates9.8–

Additional associate interest acquiredF533.4–

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year131.0 78.5

Total interest in joint ventures and associates155.1 110.6

110 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

(a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2021

%

2020

%

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plantNew Zealand50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureConstruction of bitumen storage facilityAustralia50 50

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importerAustralia50 50

Eden Park Catering Limited

(i)

Catering for functions at Eden ParkNew Zealand–50

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty LtdSale and maintenance of railway rollingstockAustralia50 50

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plantNew Zealand50 50

Isaac Asphalt Limited Manufacture and supply of asphaltNew Zealand50 50

Repurpose It Holdings Pty LtdWaste recyclingAustralia45 50

RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty Ltd

(i)

Contract mining; civil works and plant hireAustralia–44

Waanyi Downer JV Pty LtdContract mining servicesAustralia5050

ZFS Functions (Pty) LtdCatering for functions at Federation SquareAustralia50 50

Associates

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast

light rail, Melbourne tram network, Adelaide

metro and bus operation

Australia49 49

HT HoldCo Pty Ltd

(ii)

Laundries servicesAustralia30 –

(i) Downer’s interest in this joint venture was disposed of during the year ended 30 June 2021.

(ii) Joint venture was entered into during the year ended 30 June 2021, upon 70% sale of Laundries business.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates. All joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting

date of 30 June.

The Group’s share of aggregate financial information from joint ventures and associates is presented below.

The Group does not disclose the details of the individual joint ventures and associates on the basis these are individually immaterial.

The Group’s share of the carrying amounts:

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Current assets266.1 229.1

Non-current assets228.2149.0

Current liabilities(165.8)(144.7)

Non-current liabilities(184.6)(132.7)

Net assets143.9100.7

Goodwill 7.07.0

Adjustment to align accounting policies4.2 2.9

Carrying amount 155.1 110.6

Profit for the year22.2 19.4

Total comprehensive income22.2 19.4

Annual Report 2021 111
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using

the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share

of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation

Joint operations

Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising

the share of those assets and liabilities.

(b) Interests in joint operations

The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2021

%

2020

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia50 50

Bama Civil Pty Ltd and Downer EDI Works

Pty Ltd

Civil Infrastructure design and/or

construction activities

Australia50 50

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand50 50

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand50 50

Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd

(i)

Road maintenanceAustralia49 49

Confluence Water JVSydney Water servicesAustralia43 43

CPB Downer Joint VentureParramatta Light Rail constructionAustralia50 50

CRL Construction Joint VentureConstruction of the City Rail Link Alliance

Project

New Zealand30 30

Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia50 50

Downer-Carey Mining JV

(ii)

Management of run of mine and ore

rehandling services

Australia46 46

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(iii)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia90 90

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia50 50

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Memorial Park Alliance)

Design and build of the New Zealand

National War Memorial Park

New Zealand50 50

Downer HEB Joint Venture

(Mt Messenger Project)

Design and build of the Mt Messenger ProjectNew Zealand50 50

Downer MCD Wynyard Edge JV

(Americas Cup Project)

Design and build on Americas Cup ProjectNew Zealand50 50

Downer Seymour Whyte JV Road constructionAustralia50 50

Downer York Joint VentureTramline extensionAustralia50 50

Downtown Infrastructure Development

Project JV

Downtown infrastructure development

program

New Zealand33 33

Gumala Downer Joint Venture Contract mining servicesAustralia50 50

Hatch Downer JVDesign and construction of

solvent extraction plant

Australia50 50

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia50 50

112 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2021

%

2020

%

John Holland Pty Ltd and Downer Utilities

Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Russley Road)Road constructionNew Zealand50 50

NEWest AllianceConstruction activities as part of Perth’s

METRONET program

Australia50 50

North Canterbury Transport Infrastructure

Economic Recovery Alliance ‘NCTIER’ JV

Kaikoura earthquake worksNew Zealand25 25

Safety Focused Performance JVWater and sewerage capital worksAustralia45 45

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia50 50

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia50 50

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia50 50

Waanyi ReGen JVRehab contract servicesAustralia50 50

WDJV Unit TrustContract mining servicesAustralia50 50

Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand50 50

(i) Concrete Paving Recycling Pty Ltd changed its name to Concrete Pavement Recycling Pty Ltd during the financial year 30 June 2021.

(ii) Joint operation is currently undergoing liquidation/de-registration.

(iii) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of this joint operation.

F2. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

ACN 009 173 040 Pty Ltd

(viii)

AGIS Group Pty Limited

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

DMH Plant Services Pty Ltd

DMH Maintenance and Technology Services Pty Ltd

DM Road Services Pty Ltd

DMH Electrical Services Pty Ltd

Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Blasting Services Pty Ltd

(v)

Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investments Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd

(iv)

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Envista Pty Limited

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd.

Annual Report 2021 113
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F2. Controlled entities – continued

Australia – continued

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

(iv)

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.

(iv)

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Mackay Pty Ltd

(ix)

RPQ North Coast Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty. Ltd.

RPQ Spray Seal Pty. Ltd.

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd

(v)

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

(v)

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd

(v)

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Trico Asphalt Pty. Ltd.

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant & Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

AF Downer Memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Limited

Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities PNG Limited

(iii)

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins Limited

(x)

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Pte Limited

(xi)

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

The Roading Company Limited

Underground Locators Limited

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Africa

Downer EDI Mining – Ghana Limited

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

(ii)

Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Limited

(v)

Asia

Chang Chun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

Americas

DBS Chile SpA

(iii) (v)

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

Otraco Chile SA

United Kingdom and Channel Islands

KHSA Limited

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited

Spotless

(vi)

A E Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

A E Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

A.E. Smith & Son Proprietary Limited

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

A.E. Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

A.E. Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

A.E. Smith Service Pty Ltd

Airparts Holdings Pty Ltd

Airparts Fabrication Pty Ltd

Airparts Fabrication Unit Trust

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

(vii)

Aladdins Holdings Pty. Limited

(vii)

Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

(vii)


Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

(vii)


Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vii)


Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

(vii)

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

(vii)


Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Bonnyrigg Management Pty. Limited

(vii)

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

(vii)


Cleanevent Australia Pty. Ltd.

(vii)


Cleanevent Holdings Pty. Limited

(vii)


Cleanevent International Pty. Limited

(vii)


Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC

(iii)

114 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F2. Controlled entities – continued

Spotless

(vi)

– continued

Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd

(vii)


Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

Ensign Services (Aust.) Pty. Ltd.

(v) (vii)

Envar Installation Pty Ltd

Envar Service Pty Ltd

Envar Holdings Pty Ltd

Envar Engineers and Contractors Pty Ltd

Errolon Pty Ltd

(vii)


Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

(vii)


International Linen Service Pty Ltd

(vii)


Monteon Pty Ltd

(vii)


National Community Enterprises

(iii)

Nationwide Venue Management Pty Limited

(vii)


NG-Serv Pty Ltd

(vii)

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd”

(vii)

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Ltd

(vii)


Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Ltd

(vii)


Riley Shelley Services Pty Limited

(vii)


Skilltech Consulting Services Pty. Ltd.

(vii)


Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd.

(vii)


Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Financing Pty Limited

(vii)


Spotless Group Limited

(vii)


Spotless Group Holdings Limited

(vii)


Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Services Australia Limited

(vii)


Spotless Services International Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Services Limited

(vii)


Spotless Treasury Pty Limited

(vii)

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

(vii)


SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Taylors Laundries Limited

(v)

Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd

(vii)


Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

(vii)


UAM Pty Ltd

(vii)


Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)


Utility Services Group Limited

(vii)

(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) 74% ownership interest.

(iii) Entity is currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.

(iv) Entity de-registered during the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

(v) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

(vi) The ownership interest in Spotless is 100% as at 30 June 2021.

(vii) These Spotless controlled entities all form part of the tax consolidated group

of which Downer EDI Limited is the head entity. The acquisition of the remaining

12.198% shares in Spotless that Downer did not already own automatically resulted

in Spotless joining the Downer tax consolidated group on 7 October 2020.

(viii) QCC Resources Pty Ltd changed its name to ACN 009 173 040 Pty Ltd during

the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

(ix) Rock N Road Bitumen Pty Ltd changed its name to RPQ Mackay Pty Ltd during

the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

(x) Hawkins 2017 Limited changed its name to Hawkins Limited during the financial

year ended 30 June 2021.

(xi) ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji) Limited changed its name to ITS Pipetech Pacific (Fiji)

Pte Limited during the financial year ended 30 June 2021.

F3. Related party information

(a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled

entities by the parent entity are included within total assets and

liabilities balances as disclosed in Note F4.

Other transactions which occurred during the financial year

between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as

between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

(b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled

entities are disclosed in Note F2.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and

associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities

are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities of a number of

these entities are conducted under joint venture arrangements.

Associated entities conduct business transactions with various

controlled entities. Such transactions include purchases and

sales, dividends and interest. All such transactions are conducted

on the basis of normal arm’s length commercial terms.

(c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

Annual Report 2021 115
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F4. Parent entity disclosures

Company

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

(a) Financial Position

Assets

Current assets19.8 46.5

Non-current assets2,883.82,343.9

Total assets2,903.62,390.4

Liabilities

Current liabilities74.6 111.8

Non-current liabilities4.2 4.1

Total liabilities78.8 115.9

Net assets2,824.82, 274.5

Equity

Issued capital2,624.0 2, 251.1

Retained earnings190.1 9.0

Reserves

Employee benefits reserve10.7 14.4

Total equity2,824.82, 274.5

(b) Financial performance

Profit for the year244.2 53.2

Total comprehensive income244.2 53.2

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during the

financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2021 (2020: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C10 to the

financial statements.

(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2021 (2020: nil).

116 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F5. Acquisition and disposals of businesses

2021 acquisitions

There have been no acquisitions during the year ended

30 June 2021.

During the year, deferred consideration payments of $14.3 million

were made (2020: $29.8 million) in relation to acquisitions

completed in previous periods.

The purchase of the remaining Spotless shares not already

owned does not represent an acquisition of a business as the

Group already controlled this entity. Further information on that

transaction is presented in Note E6 Non-controlling interest.

2021 disposals

As previously announced, Downer’s strategy is to focus on its

core Urban Services businesses. Initiatives included to have

100% ownership of Spotless and exit non-core capital intensive

Mining and Laundries businesses. During the financial year, the

Group was able to complete the sale of a majority shareholding

of the Laundries business as well as the disposal of certain

businesses of the Mining segment, as described below.

Disposal of Mining businesses

Disposal of Downer Blasting Services (DBS) business

On 18 November 2020, Downer entered into an agreement to sell

its blasting services business (Downer Blasting Services or DBS)

to Enaex S.A. (a subsidiary of Sigdo Koppers Group (Chile)) for

gross proceeds of $62.0 million.

The transaction was completed on 1 March 2021 with net

proceeds (after transaction costs) of $59.1 million and net gain

on disposal of $6.5 million.

Disposal of Open Cut Mining West business

On 15 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement

to sell its Western Australian open cut mining business

(Open Cut Mining West) to MACA Limited for gross proceeds

of $175 million. The sale included the transfer of certain

assets (including fleet and inventory) and liabilities; and the

novation of the existing contracts to MACA. On classification

as a disposal group held for sale, the Group recognised a

$20.2 million impairment to adjust the carrying value of the

assets to its expected recoverable value. Refer to Note B3.

On 1 February 2021, the sale of Open Cut Mining West

was completed. Downer received an initial payment of

$109.0 million, with an additional $66.0 million to be received

in 12 equal monthly instalments of $5.5 million commencing

in February 2021.

As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $133.5 million had been

received with a $14.4 million pre-tax loss on disposal recognised.

Disposal of Underground

On 4 March 2021, Downer completed the transition of

underground mining services at OZ Minerals’ Carrapateena

mine to Byrnecut Australia. The transition included the

transfer of equipment from Downer to Byrnecut for $56 million

(representing book value). Net proceeds received (after

transaction costs with the unwinding of working capital)

amounted to $59.6 million with a net pre-tax loss on disposal

of $4.8 million recognised.

Disposal of Snowden

During the year, Downer disposed of its Snowden

Consulting business.

The sale of Snowden Consulting was completed on 15 July 2020

to Datamine for a net consideration of $7.5 million with a net

gain on disposal of $5.6 million recognised.

Disposal of RTL JV

On 28 August 2020, Mining disposed its 44% interest

in RTL JV to Thiess for a total gross consideration of

$18.9 million, representing a gain on disposal of $10.7 million.

Refer to Note F1.

Divestment of 70% of the Laundries business

On 2 December 2020, Downer entered into an agreement

to sell 70% of its Laundries business to an Australian

private equity firm, Adamantem Capital (Adamantem)

for $139.6 million (net of transaction costs). The sale was

completed on 31 March 2021.

Upon completion of this transaction, Downer ceased to

consolidate the Laundries business on 31 March 2021

and recognised its remaining interest in the Laundries

business of 30% as an equity accounted investment.

Refer to Note F1(a).

As at 30 June 2021, net proceeds of $136.2 million

had been received with a $16.2 million pre-tax loss

on disposal recognised.

Annual Report 2021 117
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F5. Acquisition and disposals of businesses – continued

The table below summarises the impact on divestment during the financial year:

$’mNoteLaundries

Mining

DivestmentsTo t a l  

Proceeds on disposal (net of transaction costs) 139.6 260.6 400.2

Less cash disposed (3.4) (0.9) (4.3)

Proceeds net of disposal costs 136.2 259.7 395.9

Deferred consideration – 39.2 39.2

Additional associate interest acquired F1 33.4 – 33.4

Total proceeds on disposal 169.6 298.9 468.5

Cash 3.4 0.9 4.3

Trade receivables and contract assets 30.7 37.6 68.3

Inventory 3.7 74.4 78.1

Finance lease receivable – 60.6 60.6

Other assets 1.4 0.5 1.9

Right-of-use assetsC6 26.1 29.1 55.2

Property, plant and equipmentC5 180.1 160.7 340.8

Intangible assetsC7 23.6 – 23.6

Deferred tax assets 19.7 5.1 24.8

Assets disposed 288.7 368.9 657.6

Trade payables and contract liabilities 11.3 16.1 27. 4

Employee benefits provisions 13.9 16.4 30.3

ProvisionsC9 – 0.8 0.8

Lease liabilities 59.7 29.5 89.2

Deferred tax liabilities 14.6 0.7 15.3

Liabilities disposed 99.5 63.5 163.0

Net assets disposed 189.2 305.4 494.6

FCTR held on businesses disposed – 1.5 1.5

Loss on disposal before taxB3 (16.2) ( 7.1) (23.3)

2020 acquisitions and disposals

There were no new acquisitions and disposals during the year.

118 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F5. Acquisition and disposals of businesses – continued

Measurement of fair values

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset/liability acquiredValuation technique

Trade receivables and

contract assets

Cost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and

equipment

Market comparison technique and cost technique – the valuation model considers quoted market prices

for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost when appropriate.

Intangible assetsMulti-period excess earnings method – considers the present value of net cash flows expected to be

generated by the customer contracts and relationships, intellectual property and brand names, excluding

any cash flows related to contributory assets. For the valuation of certain brand names, discounted cash

flow under the relief from royalty valuation methodology has been utilised.

Trade payables and

contract liabilities

Cost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable economic outflow of resources when the obligation arises.

Goodwill from acquisitions

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisitions represents

future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the

acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group. The

consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at fair value.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in profit or loss.

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s

previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured

to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the

Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is

recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the

acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been

recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to

profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that

interest were disposed of or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of

contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement

period adjustments depends on how the contingent

consideration is classified.

Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not

remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent

settlement is accounted for within equity.

Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or

liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the

corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non-controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to

recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either

at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the

acquired entity’s net identifiable assets/(liabilities).

Key estimate and judgement: Acquisition of

businesses

Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires judgement

and estimates in determining the fair value of acquired

assets and liabilities. The relevant accounting standard

allows the fair value of assets acquired to be refined in a

window of a year after the acquisition date and judgement

is required to ensure that the adjustments made reflect new

information obtained about facts and circumstances that

existed as of the acquisition date. The adjustments made to

the fair value of assets are retrospective in nature and have

an impact on goodwill recognised on acquisition.

Annual Report 2021 119
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F6. Disposal group held for sale

Continuing with the Group’s divestment of its portfolio of Mining businesses as part of Urban Services strategy, the Group has made

further progress in the disposal of remaining Mining businesses as follows:

Disposal of Otraco business:

On 26 April 2021, an agreement was reached for the sale of Mining’s tyre management business (Otraco) to Bridgestone Corporation

(Bridgestone). The estimated $79 million sale price represents enterprise value of Otraco. Completion of the Otraco transaction,

which is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions, is expected to occur in FY22.

$’mOtraco

Property, plant and equipment9.4

Right-of-use assets2.2

Intangible assets0.5

Trade receivables and contract assets24.2

Inventory1.8

Other assets 3.4

Assets held for sale41.5

Trade payables and contract liabilities5.9

Lease liabilities2.4

Other liabilities 8.9

Liabilities held for sale17. 2

Recognition and measurement

Disposal groups are recognised when a sale is considered highly probable. The assets and liabilities of these disposal groups are

disclosed separately on the basis that their value is expected to be realised through a sale event rather than continued use. Disposal

group assets are presented at the lower of their carrying value or the value expected to be realised through the sale. Any impairment to

the carrying value of the assets is recognised through the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

Key estimate and judgement:

Disposal group held for sale

Non-current assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, are classified as held-for-sale if it is highly probable that

they will be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use. To meet this, Downer must be committed to a

plan to sell the asset; an active program to locate a buyer must be in place; the asset must be actively marketed for sale at a price

at its fair value and the sale should be completed within one year.

Valuation of asset held for sale

An asset held for sale is measured at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. This requires judgement and

estimates in determining the fair value of disposed assets and liabilities. Fair value has been taken as the price that would be received

to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

120 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards

and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides

information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure

to changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

G1. New accounting standards

(a) New and amended accounting standards and

interpretations adopted by the Group

During the year, the Group has applied a number of new

and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily

effective for an accounting period that begins on or after

1 July 2020, as follows:

–AASB 2018-6 Definition of Business (Amendments to

AASB 3).

–AASB 2018-7 Definition of Material (Amendments to

AASB 101 and AASB 8).

–AASB 2019-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – References to Conceptual Framework.

–AASB 2019-3 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

(Amendments to AASB 139, AASB 7 and AASB 9).

–AASB 2019-5 Disclosure of the Effect of New IFRS Standards

Not Yet issued in Australia (Amendments to AASB 1054).

–AASB 2020-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions.

–AASB 1059 Service Concession Arrangements:

Grantors (effective to annual reporting periods beginning

on or after 1 January 2020).

–IFRIC agenda decisions on Cloud Computing

Arrangements Costs.

(b) New accounting standards and interpretations

not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

–AASB 2020-1 and 2020-6 Classification of liabilities as

current or non-current.

–AASB 2020-4 COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions Beyond

30 June 2021 (AASB 2020-4).

–AASB 2020-3 Narrow scope improvements to AASB 116,

AASB 137 and AASB 3. Annual improvements to AASB 16,

AASB 1, AASB 9 and AASB 141.

–AASB 2020-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2.

–AASB 2021-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition

of Accounting Estimates.

–AASB 2021-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions Beyond

30 June 2021.

–AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities

arising from a Single Transaction.

–AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (effective to annual reporting

periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023).

Management continues to assess the impact of AASB 17

Insurance Contracts on the Group, and has not yet quantified

the effect of the new standard. With the exception of AASB 17

Insurance Contracts, these new or amended standards’ impacts

are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s

consolidated financial statements when they are adopted.

Annual Report 2021 121
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity.

The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the

amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing

new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard

its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all

its financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate

returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate capital structure

to optimise its cost of capital and maintain an investment grade

credit rating to ensure ongoing access to funding.

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity and

financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign exchange,

interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty credit risk.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial

instruments to manage its exposures including:

(i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange

rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign

income and debt service obligations

(ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest

rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency

denominated borrowings

(iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk

(iv) Commodity forward contracts to manage commodity

price movements in contracts.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial

instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount

reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position,

when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised

amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or

realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. No

material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in

foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate

fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within

approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange

contracts and cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s unhedged foreign currency

denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at the

reporting date are as follows:

Financial assets

(i)

Financial liabilities

(i)

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

US dollar (USD)2.3 2.7 – 1.2

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in

Australian dollar equivalent.

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises, by currency pairs, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts

outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

20212020

2021

FC’m

2020

FC’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.7728 0.6552 5.1 52.3 6.7 79.9 0.2 (3.7)

3 to 6 months0.7729 0.6670 12.1 29.2 15.7 43.9 0.4 (1.3)

Later than 6 months0.7593 0.6403 2.8 10.5 3.7 16.4 –(1.1)

20.0 92.0 26.1 140.2 0.6 (6.1)

Sell USD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.77550.69495.8 33.9 7. 4 48.8 (0.2)(0.5)

3 to 6 months0.76250.68466.9 34.1 9.1 50.0 (0.1)0.3

Later than 6 months0.77770.681429.9 4.8 38.5 7.0 (1.3) –

42.6 72.8 55.0 105.8 (1.6)(0. 2)

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.63560.59604.1 3.7 6.4 6.2 –(0.1)

3 to 6 months0.61270.60601.6 7.1 2.7 11.6 (0.1)–

Later than 6 months0.62080.59022.1 5.2 3.4 8.8 –(0. 2)

7. 8 16.0 12.5 26.6 (0.1)(0.3)

122 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

20212020

2021

FC’m

2020

FC’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Sell EUR / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.64090.5987 1.6 0.2 2.5 0.4 ––

3 to 6 months0.63640.5973 0.1 0.6 0.2 1.1 ––

Later than 6 months0.61560.6081 0.1 1.6 0.2 2.6 ––

1.8 2.4 2.9 4.1 ––

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months78.5073.46138.5 770.8 1.8 10.5 (0.1)–

3 to 6 months77. 4473.7580.5 46.9 1.0 0.6 (0.1)–

Later than 6 months84.0268.92463.0 64.5 5.5 0.9 0.1 (0.1)

682.0 882.2 8.3 12.0 (0.1)(0.1)

Sell JPY / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months78.2770.96116.7 31.9 1.5 0.4 0.1 –

3 to 6 months83.01–12.8 –0.2 –––

Later than 6 months83.7973.32301.2 98.8 3.6 1.3 ––

430.7 130.7 5.3 1.7 0.1 –

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.07671.0659 190.0 112.0 176.5 105.1 0.4 (0.4)

Sell NZD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months1.0746 – 10.0 –9.3 –––

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.56250.4812 1.9 0.2 3.4 0.4 0.1 (0.1)

3 to 6 months–0.5367 –0.5 –0.9 ––

Later than 6 months0.56530.5511 1.5 0.4 2.7 0.7 0.1 –

3.4 1.1 6.12.0 0.2 (0.1)

Buy CAD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.9387–0.2 –0.2 –––

3 to 6 months0.9379–0.1 –0.1 –––

Later than 6 months0.93830.9182 0.6 3.7 0.7 4.0 –(0.1)

0.9 3.7 1.0 4.0 –(0.1)

Sell CAD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months0.95810.9052 0.2 5.1 0.2 5.7 – 0.2

3 to 6 months0.96850.9093 0.4 5.1 0.4 5.6 – 0.2

Later than 6 months0.9572–1.9 –1.9 –(0.1)–

2.5 10.2 2.5 11.3 (0.1)0.4

Buy USD / Sell NZD

Less than 3 months0.7134–0.8 –1.1 –––

3 to 6 months0.7132–0.1 –0.1 –––

0.9 –1.2 –––

BUY ZAR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months–11.83 –24.3 –2.1 – –

To t a l(0.6)(6.9)

Annual Report 2021 123
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk

of adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2021

%

2020

%20212020

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

1 to 5 years5.9 –0.7739–129.2 –(2.1)–

5 years or more–5.9 – 0.7739 –129.2 –13.2

129.2 129.2 (2.1)13.2

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2 5.2 83.12 83.12 120.3 120.3 (20.7)(12 .4)

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

124 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the movement in United States dollar (USD), New Zealand dollar (NZD), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen

(JPY), Great British Pound (GBP) and Canadian dollar (CAD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. The percentages

disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates (i.e. forward exchange

points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated

monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease

in profit and equity.

Profit/(loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

USD impact

- 15% rate change0.40.3 (4.7)6.0

+ 15% rate change(0.3)(0. 2)3.5 (4 . 5 )

NZD impact

- 15% rate change––19.7 18.5

+ 15% rate change––(14.6)(13.7)

EUR impact

- 15% rate change––1.7 4.4

+ 15% rate change––(1.3)(3.3)

GBP impact

- 15% rate change––1.1 –

+ 15% rate change––(0.8)–

JPY impact

- 15% rate change––0.5 1.9

+ 15% rate change––(0.4)(1 .4)

CAD impact

- 15% rate change––(0.3)(1.2)

+ 15% rate change– – 0.2 0.9

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of unhedged foreign currency denominated financial asset and liabilities.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

(d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. Management of this risk is governed by

a Board approved Treasury Policy and is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and

hedging is undertaken through cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts and the issue of long-term fixed

rate debt securities.

Annual Report 2021 125
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(d) Interest rate risk management – continued

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average AUD

equivalent interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability/(asset)

2021

%

2020

%

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank loans1.2 1.3 45.0 333.7

Cash and cash equivalents0.3 0.8 (811.4)(588.5)

Total cash flow exposure (766.4)(254.8)

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

3.0 2.6 407.7 662.3

USD private placement notes

(i)

5.9 5.9 135.2 132.5

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.8 30.0 30.0

Medium term notes

(i)

3.9 3.9 901.8 910.4

Total fair value exposure 1,474.7 1,735.2

(i) The values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes and JPY

medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a

floating rate basis.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under these

contracts, the Group commits to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on notional

principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to

fixed swap contracts

Weighted average

interest rate

Notional principal

amountFair value

2021

%

2020

%

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

2021

$’m

2020

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year1.2 1.2 270.0 150.0 (1.0)(0. 2)

1 to 2 years1.3 1.2 135.0 270.0 (1.7)(3.7)

2 to 3 years–1.3 – 135.0 –(2.9)

405.0 555.0 (2.7)(6.8)

NZD interest rate swaps

1 to 2 years – 1.5 – 100.0 – (1.7)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming that the rate

change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

126 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(d) Interest rate risk management – continued

Interest rate sensitivity analysis – continued

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates

of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant

currencies. The selected basis point increase or decrease

represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change

in interest rates on variable rate instruments, cross-currency

interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase in

interest rates of 100 basis points on the unhedged position

(mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of

$7.7 million (2020: $2.5 million profit) to the profit or loss; a similar

decrease in interest rates will generate a loss of $7.7 million

(2020: $2.5 million loss) to the profit or loss.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges, an increase

and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points will generate an

increase and decrease in equity of $2.0 million (2020: $6.9 million)

and $3.5 million (2020: $6.6 million) respectively.

(e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will

default on its contractual obligations in respect of a financial

instrument, resulting in a potential loss to the Group.

Trade receivables and contract assets arise from a large number

of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical

areas. A credit evaluation is performed at the onset of material

contracts to assess the financial condition of the counterparty

and a credit evaluation is maintained over the life of the

contract to take account of any changes in the risk profile of the

counterparty. Where possible, a bank guarantee or performance

bond, or parent guarantee from a creditworthy counterparty,

is sought to secure a counterparty’s contractual payment

obligations. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit risk arising

from trade receivables and contract assets.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit

acceptability of financial counterparties are set by a Board

approved Treasury Policy that is subject to annual review to

ensure it remains relevant to the external environment and

reflects the Group’s risk appetite at all times. The Treasury

Policy sets clear parameters for determining acceptable financial

counterparties and limits the exposure the Group may have at

any one time to any individual financial counterparties to mitigate

financial loss due to a default by a counterparty. No material

exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-performance

of any financial counterparty.

Credit risk on derivative financial instruments and cash balances

held with financial counterparties is managed by Group Treasury

with transactions only made with approved counterparties that

have a minimum investment grade rating from Standard & Poor’s

of A- (or equivalent from Moody’s or Fitch rating agencies).

In limited circumstances, surplus cash may be held in foreign

jurisdictions with financial counterparties that do not meet the

minimum rating threshold where there is no other alternative.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial

statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the

Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

(f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its

financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s

liquidity risk is managed under a Board approved Treasury Policy

that sets clear parameters governing the Group’s continued

access to liquidity.

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring a minimum level

of liquidity is available to meet the Group’s financial obligations

in the form of available liquid cash balances and access to

committed undrawn debt facilities and other forms of capital,

monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the

maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities.

The Group seeks to mitigate its exposure to liquidity risk by

ensuring that debt facilities are provided by strong investment

grade rated financial counterparties and by the early refinancing

of debt facilities to ensure continued access to capital over the

medium term.

During the year, the Group raised $399.7 million from the issue

of new shares in order to rebalance the Group’s gearing and

overall liquidity positions, and in anticipation of the payments

for the purchase of the Spotless shares it did not already own. In

December 2020, the Group established a new $1,400.0 million

syndicated sustainability linked loan facility. This new facility

replaces the Spotless $888.7 million and Downer $400 million

syndicated bank loan facilities as the Group’s primary source of

financing. The new facility is split into various tranches maturing

in financial years 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027. In addition,

$145 million of Spotless bilateral bank loan facilities were

refinanced at the Downer level.

A buy-back of Downer’s shares was announced to the market

on 27 April 2021 and the buy-back commenced on 8 June 2021.

As of 30 June 2021, a total of 4,363,398 shares were purchased

for total consideration of $24.8 million, funded by the Group’s

cash reserves.

As at 30 June 2021, the Group has $300 million of debt facilities

maturing within the next 12 months, comprising a $250 million

MTN that matures in March 2022 and a $50 million Term

Loan facility that matures in June 2022. Whilst the means

of refinancing has not yet been determined, the Group’s

strong liquidity, investment grade credit rating and extensive

bank relationships are expected to provide it with sufficient

flexibility to either repay these maturities from existing

undrawn committed debt facilities or refinance them with new

facilities prior to maturity. The maturity profile and quantum

of the Group’s debt facilities will continue to be monitored and

refinanced in advance subject to credit market conditions and

the support of its financial counterparties. Included in Note E2

is a summary of committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Annual Report 2021 127
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

(f) Liquidity risk management – continued

Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash

flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2021

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More

than 5

years

Trade payables670.5–––––

Lease liabilities176.1132.8101.675.251.2196.1

Bank loans

(i)

51.8 100.0 –––300.0

USD notes 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 136.1 –

AUD notes 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9 –

Medium term notes281.1 19.8 19.8 19.8 519.8 129.7

Total borrowings including interest340.7 127.6 27.6 27.6 686.8 429.7

Cross-currency interest rate swaps6.5 6.4 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3

Interest rate swaps3.1 0.3 ––––

Foreign currency forward contracts0.7 0.1 ––––

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

10.3 6.8 6.4 6.5 1.8 34.3

To t a l1 ,197.6267. 2135.6109.3739.8660.1

2020

$’m

Less than

1 year

1 to 2

years

2 to 3

years

3 to 4

years

4 to 5

years

More

than 5

years

Trade payables697.7 –––––

Dividend payable83.3 –––––

Shareholder class action payable34.0 –––––

Lease liabilities193.1 139.9 105.8 86.4 70.1 292.5

Bank loans10.9 153.1 532.3 300.0 ––

USD notes 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 149.1

AUD notes 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 30.9

Medium term notes31.3 281.3 20.0 20.0 20.0 665.8

Total borrowings including interest50.6 442.8 560.7 328.4 28.4 845.8

Cross-currency interest rate swaps5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 6.9

Interest rate swaps5.8 3.7 0.3 –––

Foreign currency forward contracts7.1 –––––

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

18.6 9.4 6.0 5.7 5.7 6.9

To t a l1,07 7. 3 592.1 672.5 420.5 104.2 1,145. 2

(i) $450m of the bank loan liabilities relate to loan principal obligations with the balance relating to interest obligations for the current quarterly or monthly drawn profile.

Interest obligations beyond the respective loan rollover dates are set by reference to the quarterly or monthly floating interest rate at the time of the respective loan rollover.

As these rates have not yet been quantified, the interest obligations for these liabilities beyond the current rollover period have not been disclosed .

(ii) Includes assets and liabilities.

128 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair

value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting

date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are

immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 aligns the accounting for hedging instruments

closely with the Group’s risk management objectives and

strategy and applies a more qualitative and forward-looking

approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. The Group

has elected to adopt the general hedge accounting model

in AASB 9. AASB 9 includes requirements on rebalancing

hedge relationships and prohibiting voluntary discontinuation

of hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in

the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative,

together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset

or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately

recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued

when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated,

exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with

contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash

flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of

the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to

the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss in

the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss.

When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the

recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and

losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form part

of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset

or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the

cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or

is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity

until the forecast transaction occurs.

Annual Report 2021 129
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2021

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets18.85.7 ––

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates3.2 –3.6 –

Deferred consideration39.2 –0.1 0.2

61.2 5.7 3.7 0.2

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.5 0.1 2.00.2

Commodity forward contract – Cash flow hedge––2.4–

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge––7.6 17.9

Downer Contingent Share Options (DCSO) financial instrument––33.3–

1.5 0.1 45.3 18.1

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI–2.0 ––

–2.0 ––

To t a l62.7 7. 8 49.0 18.3

2020

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets19.0 5.7 ––

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates4.5 –15.6 –

Deferred consideration––14.4 0.2

23.5 5.7 30.0 0.2

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.7 –8.6 –

Commodity forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss1.0 –––

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge–13.7 7. 2 14.2

2.7 13.7 15.8 14.2

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Fair value through OCI–2.0 ––

–2.0 ––

To t a l26.2 21.4 45.8 14.4

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

The fair value of Level 3 investments remained unchanged from prior year (2020: no change).

130 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative

is recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair

value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

–Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

–Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

–Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant unobservable

inputs used:

Ty p e Valuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and

interest rate swaps

Calculated using the present value of the

estimated future cash flows based on

observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency

forward contracts

Calculated using forward exchange rates

prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted equity

investments

Calculated based on the Group’s interest in the

net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard to future

expected revenues and discount rates.

Changing the inputs to the valuations to

reasonably possible alternative assumptions

would not significantly change the amounts

recognised in profit or loss, total assets or total

liabilities, or total equity.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Annual Report 2021 131DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 61 to 130 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth),

including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Company

and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due

and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A to the

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 12 August 2021

Directors’ Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2021

132 Downer EDI Limited
SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

Sustainability Performance Summary

for the year ended 30 June 2021

Downer’s sustainability approach

At Downer, sustainability means sustainable and profitable

growth, providing value to customers, delivering services in a

safe and environmentally responsible manner, helping people

to be better and advancing the communities in which it operates.

Downer recognises that sustainability is vital for securing

long-term environmental, economic and social viability and

understands its role in contributing to a sustainable future for

communities to prosper.

Downer’s sustainability strategy is integrated into its

business strategy which is shaped by its four Pillars: Safety;

Delivery; Relationships and Thought Leadership. Downer’s

commitment to sustainability is outlined on the Downer

website and within the Sustainability Report located at

www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

Downer operates in sectors that are closely connected to

the investment that is being driven by population growth and

urbanisation. These sectors include roads, rail, light rail, other

public transport, power, gas, water, telecommunications, health,

education, defence and other government sectors.

These sectors are served by Downer’s Urban Services

businesses – Transport, Utilities, and Facilities and Asset

Services. These businesses have demonstrated strength

and resilience, hold market leading positions and attractive

medium-term and long-term growth opportunities. They have

a high proportion of government and government-related

contracts and a capital light, services-based business model

generating lower risk, and more predictable revenues and

cash flows. Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many

environmental and social benefits including a move to lower

capital intensive and lower carbon activities which supports

Downer’s decarbonisation pathway.

Downer is proud of the role it plays in creating more sustainable

cities and improving the quality of life in Australia and

New Zealand. Downer is also heavily involved in providing

services for social infrastructure such as schools, universities,

hospitals, public housing and other areas of government such

as defence.

Customers trust Downer to deliver these services, which will

have a direct impact on their customers every day.

With services impacting millions of lives every day, the

sustainability of Downer’s operations is paramount – for its

people, its partners, its shareholders, its customers and their

customers. Downer delivers these services while managing the

impacts of its activities on the environment and communities

in which it operates, and working collaboratively with its

supply chain. Downer understands that its ability to do this

is fundamental to the Company’s long-term success.

Downer’s ESG reporting approach

Downer prepares its Sustainability Report with reference to the

Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide investors

with comparable information relating to environmental, social and

governance (ESG) performance. Specifically, Downer’s approach

takes into consideration the GRI’s principles for informing report

content: materiality, completeness, and sustainability context

and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key focus is to demonstrate

how Downer delivers sustainable returns while managing risk

and being responsible in how it operates.

Downer seeks to identify the issues that have the greatest

potential to impact its future success and returns to shareholders.

This year Downer revisited its materiality assessment in line with

the GRI Standards via a rigorous independent lead process to

formally engage internal and external stakeholders to understand

what they believe are the material sustainability issues for Downer

and inform the identification of its material issues by economic,

social, environmental and governance categories.

The materiality assessment provided key sustainability insights

for Downer’s strategy and frames the content for this year’s

Sustainability Report. The results were positive with strong

alignment between internal and external stakeholder views.

The material issues ranked in order of importance for Downer

and its stakeholders are:

1. Health, safety and wellbeing

2. Governance and ethics

3. Economic performance

4. Customer relationships

5. Contractor management

6. Climate change

7. Cybersecurity

8. Business resilience

9. Employee development and engagement

10. Diversity and inclusion

11. Community engagement, impact and development

12. Human rights (including modern slavery)

13. Supply chain management

Further information including the Materiality process

undertaken is available on Downer’s website and

within the 2021 Sustainability Report located at

www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE SUMMARY
Annual Report 2021 133

Governance and risk management

The Downer Board, through its oversight functions, has verified

that Downer appropriately considers ESG risks including those

related to climate change. In fulfilling this function, the Downer

Board also receives oversight from Downer’s Zero Harm Board

Committee Audit and Risk Committee, Tender Risk Evaluation

Committee and Disclosure Committee. ESG related risks and

opportunities are incorporated into Downer’s broader corporate

strategy, planning and risk management.

Downer’s Board recognises that an integrated approach to

managing ESG risks and opportunities is essential. This has been

reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s governance structure

and increased focus in both Board and executive forums

throughout the 2021 financial year. Managing the business to be

sustainable over the long term has always been front of mind for

Downer’s Board. In March, Downer reaffirmed this commitment

by appointing a new role of Group Head of Sustainability.

ESG risks and opportunities are governed as part of Downer’s

Group Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and

Project Risk Management Framework. Downer identifies,

manages and discloses material climate-related risks as part

of Downer’s standard business practices, and, in accordance

with the Group and Divisional strategies, which apply to

everyone at Downer.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the Company’s Zero Harm and sustainability governance

requirements. Downer achieved centralised third-party

accreditation to the International Standards ISO 45001

(Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment).

This gives Downer a single system of work for safety, quality

and environment, and a framework to develop, implement and

monitor The Downer Standard.

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the strategy and

monitors the development and implementation of Downer’s Zero

Harm management systems, improvement and performance

reporting systems, and monitors Downer’s Zero Harm

performance. Effective monitoring occurs through extensive

internal and third-party audit programs, with oversight by both

the Board Zero Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees.

Other aspects of Downer’s approach to sustainability are

overseen by the Group Diversity Committee and other relevant

corporate governance forums.

The method for measuring the Company’s performance is clearly

set out in its governance framework. Short-term remuneration

incentives are offered to senior managers in relation to the

Company’s performance against Zero Harm and Sustainability

targets. These targets include the management of Downer’s

Safety performance (LTIFR and TRIFR) Zero Harm critical risks,

developing improvement plans aligned to material Sustainable

Development Goals and focusing on decarbonisation

(greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reductions) in order to

achieve Downer’s science-based target net zero by 2050.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2021 is summarised

below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s

2021 Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

Health and safety

Downer’s business is founded on a deeply held value of Zero

Harm. Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority, its top

material issue and the first of its strategic pillars. Zero Harm

is embedded in Downer’s culture and is fundamental to future

success. Downer’s managers, supervisors and employees

bring this core principle to fruition and actively live it every day,

vigilantly protecting the health and safety of themselves and

others in and around its workplaces.

Downer’s approach to health and safety is built on leading,

innovating, managing risk, rethinking processes, applying lessons

learnt, and adopting and adapting practices that aim to achieve

zero work-related injuries. Downer’s integrated lifecycle approach

is a market differentiator, and enables its people to work safely in

industry sectors that may be inherently hazardous. In everything

it does, the health and safety of its people and communities that

it works within is always its top priority.

Downer’s commitment is enhanced by strong leadership

from senior leaders within the business, who actively

engage, enable and empower its people to work safely, and

maintain safe working environments for themselves and the

community. Downer has a mature safety culture; it is proud

of its people’s support and commitment to its Zero Harm

principles and practices.

Strategic initiatives as identified for FY21 have been progressed

and have continued to strive for a more aligned and consistent

approach across the Group. Downer’s strategic program for

health and safety has focused on:

–Optimising the Critical Risk program to eliminate all

preventable significant harm and establish Downer

as a leader in critical risk management

–Finalising the harmonisation of best practice and

management system integration, as well as the integration

of our Critical Risk Optimisation and Centre of Excellence

programs into its management system 

–Enriching the quality of data and utilising emerging

technologies in strategy and planning activities. This includes

the continued focus on the deployment of mobile technology

and digital forms via mobile applications

–Progressing outcomes of our Communities of Practice program 

–Business resilience, including mental health. The goal is

to proactively respond to emerging strategic Zero Harm

issues that impact the sectors it operates in and reinforce

the positioning of Downer as a thought leader. To further

demonstrate its commitment to mental health Downer

joined Beyond Blue as a Major Partner and linked uptake and

maintenance of its Mental Health First Aid training program

to its Sustainability Linked Loan (SLL) facility.

134 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

During FY21 Downer received two Penalty Infringement

Notices for safety-related breaches. One was for A$3,000 for

disruption of power to a residence in Queensland, and the

other was for A$27,000 relating to the 2019 fatality at the

Otraco depot in Calama, Chile, which was reported in Downer’s

FY20 Sustainability Report.

In FY21, WorkSafe NZ filed charges against Downer and its

joint venture partner in relation to the fatality of a cyclist

(non-employee) in October 2020. At the time of writing this

report, proceedings had been adjourned to enable consideration

of an Enforceable Undertaking.

Full details of these matters are described in Downer’s 2021

Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

0

0.20

0.40

0.60

0.80

1.00

1.20

1.40

1.60

1.80

2.00

TRIFRLTIFR

2021202020192018201720152016

0.87

0.66

0.55

0.78

0.67

0.57

0.99

1 Safety data for 2021 includes Hawkins and Spotless. Safety data for 2015 to

2020 excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

Environmental Sustainability

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is measured

against the key areas of risk management, compliance,

minimising environmental impact and maximising resource

efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’ businesses.

Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:

–Continuing to focus on the resilience and assurance of

environmental risk controls

–Taking a whole-of-life approach when considering initiatives

and specifying materials

–Incorporating sustainability rating tools and initiatives into

major projects

–Improving environmental workforce capability

–Engaging with customers regarding Downer’s

environmental capability

–Protecting high value biodiversity located on sites Downer

owns, occupies or operates

–Preparing the business as markets transition to a low

carbon economy.

Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5

1

or

Level 6

2

environmental incidents. There were no significant

environmental incidents

3

(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2021.

In FY21, Downer incurred one penalty infringement notice for

environmental breaches which was an improvement on Downer’s

performance over the past five years.

Downer was found guilty of two charges, fined NZ$15,000

(A$13,921), and contributed NZ$7,000 (A$6,497) towards

marketing Hawkes Bay Regional Council’s burning rules in

relation to burning of waste containing prohibited items within

the Hawkes Bay Regional Council in New Zealand.

The Enforceable Undertaking under negotiation with the

NSW EPA which was disclosed in FY20 relating to the Downer

Seymour White Joint Venture stormwater discharges near Nowra

in New South Wales was formalised in FY21. In addition to the

Enforceable Undertaking, Downer paid the NSW EPA $9,500 for

associated investigation and legal costs.

Full details of these matters are described in Downer’s 2021

Sustainability Report which will be available on the Downer

website www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

Noteworthy achievements for FY21 include:

–Divestment of capital and carbon intensive Laundries

and Mining businesses. Upon completing the sale of the

remaining Mining services business and exiting the Mining

sector, Downer’s operational emissions will reduce by 35% or

206,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent

–Successfully completed the refinancing of the Group’s debt

platform with a new $1.4 billion SLL facility

–Achieved FY21 SLL Targets for KPI1 – GHG emission intensity

reduction, KPI3 – Indigenous and cultural awareness training

and KPI4 – Mental Health First Aid training

–S&P Global ranked Downer in the top 650 of 7,000

companies globally and listed Downer in their Sustainability

Yearbook 2021 because its sustainability performance is

within the top 15% for its industry sector. Downer was also

awarded Industry Mover status, for the company with the

strongest year-on-year score improvement in its industry

–Achieved third-party certification to the International

Standards, and ISO 14001 (Environment), ISO 9001 (Quality),

and ISO 45001 (Safety). This gives a single system of work

for safety, environment and quality.

1 A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred and

if costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.

2 A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.

3 A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥ Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material harm

to the environment; or a notifiable incident where there is a spill that results in significant impact or material harm; or there is long-term community irritation leading to

disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE SUMMARY
Annual Report 2021 135

Climate change and TCFD Update

Downer is committed to reducing its direct emissions profile and

is well positioned to contribute to Australia and New Zealand’s

energy transition that is essential for the broader economy

to decarbonise.

The Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

scenario analysis tested the resilience of Downer’s strategy in

relation to plausible climate futures that considered possible

physical, socioeconomic and political changes. In each scenario

Downer’s strategy was found to be resilient and well positioned.

It affirmed that Downer was well placed to provide products and

services to its customers that will contribute to a low carbon

future. It highlighted there are considerable opportunities for

Downer which outweigh identified risks. These will assist in lower

cost capital and increased margins.

Downer’s Urban Services strategy delivers many environmental

and social benefits including a move to lower capital intensive

and lower carbon activities, which supports Downer’s Climate

Change Resilience and decarbonisation pathway.

Downer set an ambitious science-based target (aligned to a

1.5°C pathway) and committed to the decarbonisation of its

absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 45-50% by 2035 from

a FY18 base year and being Net Zero by 2050. In FY21, Downer

became a signatory to the Science-Based Target Initiative (SBTi)

in line with the 1.5ºC business ambition pathway. In addition,

Downer linked its Science-Based GHG emissions reductions

targets with financial incentives as part of the SLL facility.

Downer has expanded its commitment to decarbonisation to

incorporate Scope 3 emissions, as Downer recognises that it has

a key role to play in minimising emissions that occur throughout

its value chain. As such Downer has signed up to the Carbon

Disclosure Project (CDP) supply chain program.

Downer is focused on initiatives to ensure it meets its SBT

commitment. Downer has a clear pathway to Net Zero by 2050

which aligns to its Urban Services Strategy. The six key focus

areas include:

–Divesting from high capital, carbon intense industries to

lower carbon activities (2020>)

–Continue to focus on energy efficiency and GHG emission

reductions (2010>)

–Decarbonise our fixed assets with new technology and

fuel switching (2025>)

–Decarbonise Downer’s fleet through electric vehicles (EVs)

and alternate fuel vehicles (2025>)

–Increase uptake of renewables both on and off-grid (2010>)

–Reduce Scope 3 emissions i.e. low carbon materials e.g. asphalt

and work with suppliers to lower their emissions (2018>).

In FY22 and beyond Downer will:

–Revisit the TCFD risks and opportunities, in line with its

Urban Services Strategy;

–Undertake climate related financial impact assessment of:

–Downer’s fleet, (light and heavy)

–Fixed assets, e.g. asphalt plants

–Physical climate impacts

–Develop a framework to integrate into Downer’s capital

allocation decision making process to consider carbon

implications of investment over the short and longer terms.

Downer will track its progress towards its emissions reduction

target and review its emission reduction approach in line with

the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) updated

scientific reports, whilst considering other developments in

low-emissions technology, to ensure a practical and affordable

transition towards this commitment.

Downer recognises the uncertainties, challenges and

opportunities that climate change presents and despite the

recent impacts of COVID-19, Downer remains committed to

partnering with its customers and supply chain to achieve its

long-term GHG emission reduction target.

Refer to Downer’s Sustainability Report located at

www.downergroup.com/sustainability for further disclosures

on Downer’s response to climate change and how it has

specifically addressed the TCFD recommendations.

136 Downer EDI Limited
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2021

Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the platform

from which:

–The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company

–Downer management is accountable to the Board

–The risks to Downer’s business are identified and managed

–Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders and

the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to

promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX

Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for

management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the

Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

–Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems

–Appointing and removing the Group CEO and senior

executives

–Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior

executives

–Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct and legal

compliance.

Before appointing a Director or senior executive, the Board

undertakes appropriate checks.

The Board provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to

management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility for

Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management of

Downer and his authority is delegated and authorised by the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of

its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2021, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper

functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive Leadership Team

are available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its employees,

customers and shareholders while building a sustainable future for

its business. This is formalised through the Downer Diversity and

Inclusion (D&I) Policy which outlines the Company’s commitment

to developing a diverse and inclusive workforce.

In 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework.

The purpose of this framework is to support the D&I Policy and

implementation of Divisional D&I strategies.

The Diversity and Inclusion Policy is available on the Downer

website at www.downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2021 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

–Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics

–An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken

by Downer throughout 2021

–An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2021.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2021, Downer’s female gender representation

metrics were as follows:

–Board 33%

–Senior Executive

1

25%

–Management

2

17%

–Workforce 34%

1 For present purposes, ‘Senior Executive’ refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference guide

to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).

2 For present purposes, ‘Management’ refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA Reference Guide.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report 2021 137

Looking back: 2021 measurable objectives

Focus Area Objective TargetsOutcome

Flexibility,

Diversity and

Inclusion

To continue

developing Downer’s

commitment to

representing the

businesses and

communities in which

we serve through a

focus on D&I.

Report quarterly

to the Executive

Committee on

progress towards

targets and

objectives.

Achieved:

–Governance structure embedded through the establishment of the

Group Diversity Steering Committee and Line of Business Steering

Committees and Tactical Plans. Progress reporting occurs quarterly

to the Executive Committee.

–COVID-19 necessitated increased use of flexible working

arrangements across the business.

–Strategic partnerships with Aboriginal employment and ex-Defence

human resource organisations enabled ongoing attraction of

diverse, disadvantaged and/or minority groups.

–Established a strategic supplier relationship with social enterprise

Social Traders to participate in contracted works.

Progressing:

–Launch of the ‘Own Different’ Campaign across the business to

celebrate our commitment to Inclusion.

–Referral programs such as refer a female friend and refer an

Indigenous friend continued during FY21.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

women to reach their

potential through

an inclusive work

environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women

in our industry.

40% women in the

workforce by 2023.

25% women in

management

positions by 2023.

25% women in

executive positions

by 2023.

30% women

on the Board.

Achieved:

–Development and launch of leadership opportunities and

networking programs in Australia and New Zealand.

Progressing:

–Focus on extending female talent in Management and Subject

Matter Expert positions.

–Working with Registered Training Organisations and employment

organisations to support women into trades-based employment

in skilled trades that are male-dominated with a view to a formal

partnership and pilot.

–An unconscious bias learning module will form part of a Podcast

series in FY22.

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer

Group’s commitment

to closing the

gap by increasing

Indigenous workforce

participation and

developing strategic

partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community groups.

3% Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

employees.

Achieved:

–Progress on Downer Group’s Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP)

‘Innovate’, endorsed by Reconciliation Australia, which outlines our

reconciliation vision, strategy and targeted initiatives, continues.

–Downer has exceeded RAP commitments by establishing

relationships with labour hire companies, employment agencies and

other Indigenous Organisations.

–Downer continues to work with Indigenous Organisations to further

develop opportunities for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

employees, apprentices, and trainees.

Progressing:

–Downer continues to review, consult and enhance its Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander Employment and Retention Strategy through

engaging employment organisations and community to identify

barriers and implement recommendations for improvement.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for

all age groups and

as an organisation

that builds a

talent pipeline of

thought leaders and

continues to value

experience.

Maintain or increase

the number of

graduate employees

year-on-year.

Progressing:

–Downer continues to build its pipeline of talent by investing in entry

level programs that align to our generational diversity focus and

priority areas, including:

–The Downer Graduate Development Program

–Cadets and further Undergraduate programs

–Implementation of The Downer Standard for Apprentices

and Trainees that supports strategic attraction, selection,

development, management and retention.

138 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Looking ahead: 2022 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Flexibility,

Diversity and

Inclusion

To continue

developing Downer’s

commitment to

representing the

businesses and

communities in which

we serve through a

focus on D&I.

Report quarterly

to the Executive

Committee on

progress towards

targets and objectives.

–Embed talent management and succession planning framework

cohort to CEO-3 for females

–Establish a Group Level Community of Practice that provides

strategic advice and governance for the Line of Business D&I

Steering Committees. This will include a strategic focus on flexible

work arrangements

–Embed and leverage the Diversity and Inclusion Steering

Committees within each Line of Business to focus on programs and

initiatives that will support the achievement of targets

–Continue to review and modify Downer’s Mandatory Induction

program to ensure our commitment to a diverse and

inclusive workforce and working environment is embedded

in Downer’s culture

–Deliver a series of D&I ‘Lunch ’n’ Learn’ sessions for all employees

across the Group, covering a range of topics including Indigenous,

gender, disability, orientation and generational diversity

–Launch a Workplace Giving Program

–Continue to leverage our relationships that manage the transition of

ex-Defence personnel into employment

–Engage with not-for-profit and community organisations to provide

pathways and opportunities for culturally and linguistically diverse

groups and people.

Gender

Diversity

To improve

opportunities for

women to reach their

potential through

an inclusive work

environment while

positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women

in our industry.

40% women in the

workforce by 2023.

25% women in

management

positions by 2023.

25% women in

executive positions

by 2023.

30% women on

the Board.

–Analyse the WGEA reporting data and use the learnings as key

inputs to develop ongoing strategy, programs and initiatives

–Deliver Downer’s THRIVE women’s personal and professional

growth program

–Develop and release an unconscious bias capability program to

support an inclusive workplace

–Realign our leadership programs to include further D&I content

and learning.

Cultural

Diversity

To build on Downer’s

commitment to

Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

peoples and the

Māori people, through

the development of

strategic partnerships

with Indigenous

organisations and

community and

increased workforce

participation.

3% Aboriginal and

Torres Strait Islander

employees.

–Work with Reconciliation Australia to develop and launch a Downer

Group Innovate RAP

–Create an Indigenous Champions network

–Embed best practice cultural heritage monitoring within large-scale

on-country project deliveries

–Continue to deliver Downer’s Māori Leadership Development

program, Te Ara Whanake

–Continue to deliver the Te Ara Whanake program to Non-Māori

leaders which gives them a deeper understanding of Māori history,

culture and Tikanga.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer

Group as a sought-

after employer for all

age groups and as

an organisation that

builds a talent pipeline

of thought leaders

and continues to

value experience.

Maintain or increase

the number of

graduate employees

year-on-year.

–Continue to build a talent pipeline by investing in entry level

programs that align to our generational diversity focus and priority

areas, including:

–The Downer Graduate Development Program

–Cadets and further Undergraduate programs

–Apprentices and Trainees.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report 2021 139

Principle 2: Structure the Board to be

effective and add value

Throughout the 2021 financial year, the Board was comprised

of a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman

(Mike Harding, an independent, Non-executive Director),

four other independent, Non-executive Directors and an

Executive Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the

members of the Board, including their skills, experience, status

and their term of office are set out in the Directors’ Report on

pages 4 to 51 and are also available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure

the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively

discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they do

so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a

Non-executive Director who is not a member of management

and who is free of any business or other relationship that could

(or could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with

the independent exercise of their judgement.

The Board regularly assesses the independence of each

Director to ensure that each Director has the capacity to bring

independent judgement to bear on issues before the Board and

to act in the best interests of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board and

for the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board.

The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high

standard of values, governance and constructive interaction

is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders

and conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

140 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Board has established a number of committees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities.

A list of the main Board Committees and their current membership is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairmanMembers

Audit and RiskN M HollowsT G Handicott

P L Watson

Zero HarmP L WatsonG A Fenn

P S Garling

Nominations and Corporate GovernanceR M HardingT G Handicott

N M Hollows

RemunerationT G HandicottP S Garling

R M Harding

N M Hollows

DisclosureT G HandicottG A Fenn

R M Harding

Rail Projects


P S GarlingG A Fenn

T G Handicott

R M Harding

Tender Risk EvaluationP L Watson G A Fenn

R M Harding

N M Hollows

The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed are set out in

the Directors’ Report on page 19.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee

is chaired by an independent Director and comprises four

members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender

Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review

tender opportunities.

The Rail Projects Committee was formed to provide oversight of

the major rollingstock delivery programs, being Sydney Growth

Trains for the Sydney metropolitan network and High Capacity

Metropolitan Trains in Melbourne. With the projects reaching an

advanced stage, the Committee ceased in April 2021 and regular

periodic reports are being made directly to the Board.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a

charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition,

structure, membership requirements and the procedures for

inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

access to internal and external resources, including advice

from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report 2021 141

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

–Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board

–Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board

–Establishing processes for the review of the performance

of individual Directors, Board Committees and the Board

as a whole

–Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board (including undertaking a formal

due diligence screening process)

–Recommending the engagement of nominated persons

as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a Non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills and executive experience

across engineering, construction and scientific disciplines as well

as services activities and professional services when considering

the appointment of a new Director.

In June 2021, Downer announced that its Chairman, Mr R M

Harding, would retire on 30 September 2021 and that Mr M

P Chellew had been appointed as a Non-executive Director

effective 1 September 2021 and would become Chairman on

30 September 2021. In appointing Mr Chellew, the Downer Board

identified the need to ensure ongoing engineering expertise

and his extensive experience as a Chief Executive Officer,

Non-executive Director and Non-executive Chairman of large

publicly listed organisations.

The chart illustrates the balance achieved with the current Board

composition. The Company recognises the value of diversity

which has been a component of the appointment process over

the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business, finance and economics

Humanities

1.02.03.04.0

0.0

5.0

Technical*

Legal

* Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

1.02.03.04.0

0.05.0

Professional services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources

* Includes banking, finance and legal.

Tenure (years)

9+

3–6

1.02.04.0

0.0

3.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

2

4

142 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist

with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including

externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and that

of its Committees and Directors. The last review was completed

during FY21 and included consideration of the skills and

knowledge of Directors.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both

Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures

have been developed to enable new Directors and senior

executives to gain an understanding of:

–Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies

–The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles

of the Board and senior executives

–Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their

exposure to the Company’s business and a formal program

of Director site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors

are also encouraged to attend appropriate training and

professional development courses to update and enhance

their skills and knowledge and the Company Secretary

regularly organises governance and other continuing education

sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access to

the Company Secretary for all Board and governance-related

issues and the appointment and removal of the Company

Secretary is determined by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chair,

on all governance matters.

Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting lawfully,

ethically and responsibly

Downer’s Purpose is to create and sustain the modern

environment by building trusted relationships with our

customers. Its Promise is to work closely with our customers to

help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions.

Downer’s Purpose and Promise are founded on the Pillars of

Zero Harm, Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership and

define the way it manages its business and are the foundations

that support Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose,

Promise and Pillars can be found on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour

and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The

Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone and

standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

–Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law

–Workplace behaviour

–Prohibition against bribery and corruption

–Protection of confidential information

–Engaging with stakeholders

–Workplace safety

–Diversity and inclusiveness

–Sustainability

–Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the

Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other

unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are

investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary

overseeing the completion of any remedial action. The Board

is informed of material breaches of the Standards of Business

Conduct through reporting of incidents reported under the

whistleblower policy, investigations of allegations of fraud and

breaches of Downer’s Zero Harm Cardinal Rules.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers

and employees and is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report 2021 143

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in place

policies setting out the Company’s approach to various matters,

including:

–Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities)

–The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure)

–Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community

–Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which

expands upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption

currently contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and

which addresses key issues such as working with government,

political donations, human rights, conducting business

internationally and gifts and benefits. The Board is informed of

material breaches of the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.

As Downer has operations in foreign jurisdictions, Downer

employees are confronted by the challenges of doing business

in environments where bribery and corruption are real risks.

However, regardless of the country or culture within which its

people work, Downer is committed to compliance with the law,

as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

Principle 4: Safeguard the integrity of

corporate reporting

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards

the integrity of its financial reporting.

An external limited assurance engagement is performed

on selected sustainability information in Downer’s annual

Sustainability Report. Downer also follows a comprehensive

internal verification process to ensure the integrity of the

Sustainability Report and other periodic corporate reports which

are not audited or reviewed by the external auditor, including

the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Statement,

and Information for Investors. This process involves review

of reporting by relevant subject matter experts across the

organisation to ensure it is materially accurate, balanced and

provides investors with appropriate information.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil its

responsibilities relating to:

–The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and

reporting practices of the Company with a particular

focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting to

shareholders

–The Company’s risk profile and risk policies

–The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal

control and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of only Non-executive Directors

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors

–Is chaired by an independent Chairman (who is not the

Chairman of the Board)

–Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and

Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure

and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting

non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY21, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 19.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

144 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in a

clear and balanced way. It includes that new and substantive

investor or analyst presentations are released on the ASX Market

Announcements Platform ahead of the presentation. A copy

of the Disclosure Policy is available on the Downer website at

www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying

and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the ASX

Listing Rules. The Board receives copies of all material market

announcements promptly after they have been made.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of

security holders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

–Communicating effectively, openly and honestly with

shareholders

–Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company and

its governance

–Making it easy for shareholders to participate in

general meetings

–Giving shareholders the option to receive communications

from, and send communications to, the Company and its

security registry electronically.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website

(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at members

meetings through its use of electronic communication, including

by making notices of meetings available on its website and audio

casting of general meetings and significant Group presentations.

All substantive resolutions at meetings of shareholders are

conducted by poll.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies

and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that

Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements, as well

as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to enable

business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed. The

Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and oversees

Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including the Group risk

profile and the effectiveness of the systems being implemented

to manage risk. The last review of the Risk Management

Framework was completed in 2021. The Board reviews the Group

risk profile twice each year and considers other risk matters,

such as business resilience, tender review processes, risk

appetite, and specific risk areas, on a regular basis, as well as

regular reports from senior management, the internal audit team,

and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed

overview of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental

and social risks. The Sustainability Report is available on the

Downer website at www.downergroup.com/sustainability.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates

and reports on the existence, design and operating

effectiveness of internal controls. Downer’s internal audit

team is independent of the external auditor and reports

to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and

Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report 2021 145

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has

adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its

role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership

requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee

members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

making recommendations to the Board about:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policies

–The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for

all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO

–Executive and equity-based incentive plans

–Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, Executive Directors and

Non-executive Directors forms part of the responsibilities of

the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors

–Is chaired by an independent Director

–Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the Remuneration

Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 23.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior

executives is designed to achieve a balance between fixed and

variable remuneration taking into account the performance of

the individual and the performance of the Company. Executive

Directors receive payment of equity-based remuneration as

short-term and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit

the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements

under any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration

schemes, as set out in the Securities Trading Policy. A copy of

the Securities Trading Policy is available on the Downer website

at www.downergroup.com.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

at page 23 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 6.

146 Downer EDI Limited
INFORMATION FOR INVESTORS

Information for Investors

for the year ended 30 June 2021

Downer shareholders

Downer had 28,171 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2021, of

which 26,295 shareholders had a registered address in Australia.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, held 33.53% of the 696,928,956 fully paid ordinary

shares issued at that date.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is a foreign exempt issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level of

franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid to

the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

Dividends are paid in Australian dollars, other than for

shareholders with a registered address in New Zealand, who

receive dividends in New Zealand dollars unless an election

is made to receive payment in Australian dollars by providing

Australian bank account details.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer

shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s

share registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

(Computershare):

Level 3

60 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)

+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when

making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored

and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,

DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at

www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and

postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.

However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file

number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal

rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to

investors residing in Australia. For more information please

contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately,

in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been lost

or stolen.

Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report

by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the

address provided. Alternatively, shareholders may choose to

receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in

Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any

change of your registered address.

INFORMATION FOR INVESTORS
Annual Report 2021 147

Registered office and principal

administration office

Downer EDI Limited

Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700

Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG

International Towers Sydney 3

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2021

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital

696,928,956 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 28,171 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2021.

Shareholders

Ordinary

shares held

% of issued

shares

Yarra Management Nominees Pty Ltd53,484,3197.67

FIL Limited51,772,0617.4 3

The Vanguard Group42,930,6916.16

T Rowe Price Associates, Inc.35,171,8785.05

Pendal Group Limited35,075,1075.03

L1 Capital Pty Ltd34,994,4795.02

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2021 is as follows.

Range of holdings

Number of

shareholders

Shareholders

%

Ordinary

shares held

Shares

%

1 – 1,00014,92252.976 ,4 41, 3 8 40.92

1,001 – 5,0009,95535.3423,380,2043.35

5,001 – 10,0002,0057.1214,504,8472.08

10,001 – 100,0001,2174.3226,517,7263.81

100,001 and over720.26626,084,79589.84

To t a l28,171696,928,956100.00

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares1,026

148 Downer EDI Limited
Information for Investors – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2021

INFORMATION FOR INVESTORS

Twenty largest shareholders

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2021 are as follows.

ShareholdersShares held

% of issued

shares

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 233,684,15633.53

Chase Manhattan Nominees Limited 185,227,14326.58

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited90,917,63813.05

National Nominees Limited 39,060,3705.60

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>19,105,0442.74

Argo Investments Ltd11,315,0591.62

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>8 , 587,0211.23

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C>6,261,2270.90

Netwealth Investments Limited <Wrap Services A/C>3,175,0850.46

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd <Harper Bernays Ltd A/C>2,962,0800.43

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>2,484,4240.36

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Six Sis Ltd <DRP A/C>1,931,9790.28

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd1,720,6770.25

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd <PRV Control A/C>1,595,6240.23

CPU Share Plans Pty Limited1,572,5050.23

Hobson Wealth Custodians Ltd <Resident Cash Account>1,168,0730.17

BNP Paribus Noms (NZ) Ltd <DRP>1,038,3380.15

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson891,6420.13

Navigator Australia Ltd <SMA Antares Inv DV Build A/C>873,8460.13

Mr Grant Fenn795,8090.11

Total for top 20 shareholders614, 367,74088.15

Sovereign A2 Silk is proudly made
FSC® certified by Hankuk paper

which also carries the ISO 14001 EMS

accreditation and it’s manufactured

with elemental chlorine-free pulps.

www.downergroup.com


Pag e 1 o f 2



Media/ASX and NZX Release

12 August 2021


DOWNER REPORTS UNDERLYING NPATA OF $261.2 MILLION

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June

2021. The main features of the results are:

 Statutory EBIT (earnings before interest and tax) of $334.8 million and statutory NPAT (net

profit after tax) of $183.7 million;


 Underlying EBITA (earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of acquired intangible assets)

of $467.3 million, up 12.3% from the pcp; statutory EBITA of $401.0 million;


 Underlying NPATA (net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) of

$261.2 million, up 21.4% from the pcp; statutory NPATA of $230.0 million;


 Underlying cash conversion of 100.8%, statutory cash conversion of 92.0%;


 Gearing reduced to 19.0% (35.7% at 30 June 2020); and


 F inal dividend of 12 cents per share (unfranked), total f ull year dividends of 21 cents per share

(unfranked).


The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said it was a solid performance in a year of

COVID-19 disruption.


“Our focus on critical Urban Services has meant that demand has remained strong throughout the

year, resulting in a very resilient performance,” Mr Fenn said. “I want to acknowledge the effort of

our people as we have continued delivering for our customers.


“Underlying earnings were up 21.4% and our cash performance was excellent. If we adjust for

cash outflows from individually significant items recognised as expenses last year, our cash

conversion was 101%. Without that adjustment, it was 92%. Either way, it is a terrific result.”


Mr Fenn said Downer had delivered on the priorities identified at its half year results, including:

 a strong full year earnings and cash result;

 making good progress on the sale of non-core assets, with $628 million in proceeds so far;

 changing the corporate structure to improve market focus and reduce costs;

 implementing a range of capital management initiatives including recapitalising the

business, resetting the target capital structure, commencing a $400 million on-market share

buyback and lifting the dividend payout ratio to 60% for the second half of the year; and

 continuing to improve Sustainability performance and reporting.


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com


Pag e 2 o f 2


Mr Fenn said Downer’s Urban Services strategy was leveraged to the long term macro-economic

trends of expanding population, urbanisation and government outsourcing.


“Downer has $35.4 billion of work-in-hand and 90% of it comes from contracts with Governments in

Australia and New Zealand, or Government-backed contracts, compared with 56% five years ago,”

Mr Fenn said. “That is a huge change, and the Downer portfolio is now less cyclical, with

significantly lower capital expenditure and strong cash conversion. Importantly, we have scale,

diversity and financial strength.”


Dividend

The Downer Board declared a final dividend of 12 cents per share, unfranked, payable on 23

September 2021 to shareholders on the register at 26 August 2021. The unfranked dividend will be

paid out of Conduit Foreign Income. The company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) remains

suspended and will not operate for this dividend. Dividends for the full year totalled 21 cents per

share.

Safety

Downer reported a Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate of 0.99 per million hours worked at 30 June

2021, in line with the prior corresponding period, and a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate of

2.60 per million hours, down from 3.10 per million hours worked.

Outlook

Downer expects its core Urban Services to continue to grow in FY22 both in revenue and earnings.

Given the changing nature of the COVID pandemic and the ongoing restrictions Downer will not

provide specific earnings guidance.






For further information please contact:

Michael Sharp, Group Head of Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations +61 439 470 145


About Downer

Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers

are at the heart of everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and

its promise is to work closely with its customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights

and solutions to design, build and sustain assets, infrastructure and facilities. Downer employs

approximately 44,000 people, primarily in Australia and New Zealand. For more information visit

www.downergroup.com

1

FY21 Highlights
Underlying NPATA

1,2

of $261.2m, up 21.4% ($230.0m statutory)

Underlying EBITA

1,2

of $467.3m, up 12.3% ($401.0m statutory)

Statutory NPAT of $183.7m (statutory EBIT of $334.8m)

Underlying EBITA Margin improvement of 0.7 percentage points

Cash conversion of 100.8% (92.0% statutory)

Net Debt to EBITDA

3

reduced to 1.5x (2.6x at June 2020)

Gearing

3

reduced to 19.0% (35.7% at June 2020)

Underlying EPSA

4

of 36.6cps, up 3.7% (25.4cps statutory Basic EPS)

Final ordinary dividend 12 cents per share (Full year 21cps – unfranked)

Delivering on priorities

2

1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax. (FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax)

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

3

Net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a post-AASB 16 basis. Gearing ratio does not include lease liabilities in Net Debt and is on a pre-AASB16 basis.

4

EPSA is calculated based on underlying NPATA adjusted by contributions from minority interests and ROADs dividends paid; dividend by WANOS

Capital Management
Reset optimal capital structure at Net Debt /

EBITDA of 2.0-2.5x (Gearing 19%)

$400m share buy-back commenced

Sustainability

Signatory to the SBTi, committed to Net Zero by

2050in line w ith the 1.5

O

C business ambition

pathway

S&P CSA Global ranked Downer in the top 15 per

cent for our industry sector

Implementation of The Downer Standard

Quality systems and IP capture

Common processes / single certification

Delivering on priorities

3

Deliver strong FY21 earnings and cash result

High underlying cash conversion of 101%

Increased dividend payout ratio to 57%

(21cps full year)

Underlying EBITA margin improvement (+0.7bps)

Urban Services Portfolio

Total proceeds of sales to date of $628m

1

w ith

$510m

2

received in FY21

Refinement of corporate structure and cost base

Progressing divestment of Open Cut East

1

Includes proceeds from Laundries and Mining Divestments (Downer Blasting Services, Open Cut West, RTL joint venture, Snowden,Underground, Otraco and various equipment sales).

2

Excludes $39m deferred payments in relation to Open Cut West as at 30 June 2021 and $79m from Otraco sale which is expected to complete before December 2021.

CompleteIn progress

38%
18%

26%

19%

TransportUtilitiesFacilit iesEC&MMining

Urban Services transformation

Leveraged to long-term trends of expanding population,

urbanisation, increased government spending and

government outsourcing

High proportion of revenue related to Federal, State and

Local Government services

Market leader across Australia and NZ

Scale, diversity and financial strength

Transport

Utilities

Facilities

3

4

31%

19%

16%

34%

48%

22%

30%

FY16 EBITA contributionFY21 EBITA contribution

2,3

90% WIH

government

exposure

1

56% WIH

government

exposure

1

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government-backed / regulated projects

2

Excludes non-core businesses

3

Asset Services will be included in the Facilities segment in FY22 (FY21: part of the EC&M segment)

Strength through market position and diversity
Transport

51% FY21 revenue

1

Utilities

20% FY21 revenue

1

Facilities

2

29% FY21 revenue

1

Largest non-government Road

Services business in Australia and NZ

̶Leader in product technology with

new “state of the art” manufacturing

and recycling plants

̶Leading positions through each part

of the value chain with strategic

network of contracts and facilities

Australia’s leader in passenger

rollingstock

̶Unique capabilities delivering large

new fleets / long term maintenance

franchises

Australia’s largest private provider of

multi-modal public transport

Balanced portfolio servicing Power &

Gas, Water and Telecommunications

customers across Australia and NZ

Market leader across all service lines

NBN construction revenue replaced

with significant new contracts

“New Energy” opportunities assisting

customers in their energy transition

Leader in water treatment technology

Long-standing customer relationships

Largest integrated facilities manager

across Australia and New Zealand

Servicing 21 long term PPPs in Health,

Education, Defence, Justice and other

Social Infrastructure

Managing Government and Industry

estates

Leading provider of specialist asset

management services for Oil & Gas,

Mining, Power Generation and other

Industrial customers

̶Turnaround and shutdown / Facilities

Management / Maintenance

Technology partnership with Mitsubishi

Power Systems providing technical edge

Road Services

24%

1

Core Revenue, excludes segments considered non-core.

2

Asset Services will be included in the Facilities segment in FY22 (FY21: part of the EC&M segment)

Ra il & Tra nsit

S yste m s

12%

P r o j e cts

15%

P o w er & G a s

8%

Water

6%

Telco

6%

He a lth &

Education

4 %

Defence

8%

Building

3%

Govt

9%

AS

2

5%

5

6
Urban Services markets of Transport,

Utilities and Facilities look strong:

̶Bigger Government at all levels

spending more

̶Commonwealth Government has

committed $110bn in 10yr infrastructure

spend

̶State Governments have allocated

$225bn in 4yr infrastructure spend

̶NZ Government increasing

infrastructure expenditure across water,

health, education and transport

̶Maintenance Services to grow at

4.7%pa. through to 2025

Australian Defence spending increasing

from $40bn to $70bn p.a. over next 10

years

Source – ABS, New Zealand Department of Internal Affairs, BIS Oxford Economics, Infometrics, Waka Kotahi

Strong macro outlook

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25

Australia - Road, Rail and Power work done & forecast

(A$bn)

RoadsRailwayPower

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

NZ Maintenance Market

(Annual Spend -NZ$bn)

TransportUtilitiesFacilit ies

500

550

600

650

700

750

DefenceBuilding Maintenance

(Annual Spend -A$m)

Defence EstatesDHA Housing

7
Core WIH

1

by segment ($35.4bn)

Core WIH

1

profile

Core WIH

1

by contract type

W IH predominantly made up of long-term contracts

servicing critical infrastructure

Risk controls across work type and contract model

have significantly reduced construction risk

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

FY 22FY 23FY 24FY 25FY 26FY 27+

TransportUtilitiesFacilities

Facilities

$13.7bn (39%)

Transport

$16.3bn (46%)

Utilities

$5.4bn (15%)

Long-dated

Diversified

90% Government or

Government regulated

Australia 80% / NZ 20%

Work-in-hand

1

WIH excludes immaterial non-core segments. Facilities includes Asset Services.

2

Construction comprises of Projects businesses in Australia and New Zealand (Transport Segment) plus Building business in New Zealand (Facilities Segment)

Services

91%

1%

3%

2%

3%

9%

Fixed Price / Lump Sum

Alliance / Target Cost

Schedule of Rates /

Cost Plus

Early Contractor

Involvement

Construction

2

Long term road maintenance contracts
̶Rise and fall mechanisms for costs

including bitumen and labour

Rollingstock maintenance contracts

̶Rise and fall mechanisms for costs

including labour

̶Long term OEM contracts for critical

component overhaul and

replacement

Public Transport Operations (5yrs)

̶Cost escalation priced

Fixed price construction (0 – 24mths)

̶Cost escalation priced

̶Sub-contractor prices fixed

Case Study –Waratah TLS

Contract pricing is escalated based on

CPI (quarterly) and wage index (bi-

annually)

Limited contractual exposure to cost escalation

TransportUtilitiesFacilities

1

Substantial portfolio of long-term PPP

contracts which include specific

escalation provisions and / or price

reset mechanisms throughout the

contract life

Other key non-PPP contracts with

Government customers typically

include specific labourand / or general

CPI adjustment mechanisms (such as

DefenceEstate Management, NZ

Public Housing and WA Housing)

Shorter term contracts, for example in

Asset Services and Building, are not

materially exposed to escalation risk

Minimal FIFO risk following exit of

Mining

8

Telco construction cost risk largely

borne by delivery partners (sub-

contractors) once contracted

Telco maintenance is typically schedule

of rates contracts, with specific labour

and / or CPI escalation mechanisms

Longer term gas and electricity

maintenance contracts are based on

schedule of rates with agreed annual

escalation

Water maintenance contracts are

typically panel style, with rates

reviewed annually

Case Study –Major Water JV

Contract pricing (schedule of rates) is

reviewed and adjusted annually,

including labourrate increases. Cost

increases or decreases between annual

reviews are not adjusted

Case Study –Royal Adelaide Hospital

PPP contract pricing is adjusted for CPI

quarterly with a major pricing reset

negotiated each 5 years

1

Asset Services will be included in the Facilities segment in FY22 (FY21: part of the EC&M segment)

Roads Services
July/August quiet period for Road

Services

Some revenue impact from restrictions

on work crews operating across State

boundaries

Projects

Restrictions on four projects: Parramatta

Light Rail / Rail Station Upgrades / Metro

West Stations / Eyre Peninsula

Contractual protections in place to

extend completion dates and recover

costs of delay

Rail and Transit Systems

Limited impact

Limited COVID-19 Impact

TransportUtilitiesFacilities

1

Facilities Management

Limited impact

Defence

Limited impact

Asset Services

Impact on skilled labourgetting to

project sites in WA

Hospitality

Revenue impact on major venues

Mitigating costs where possible

9

Limited impact

Group

Lack of mobility for skilled labourand management across National, State and LGA

boundaries causing pockets of industry skill shortage and competition for experienced

blue and white-collar employees

1

Asset Services will be included in the Facilities segment in FY22 (FY21: part of the EC&M segment)

Sustainable and profitable growth
Providing value to our customers

Delivering our services in a safe and

environmentally responsible manner

Helping our people to be better

Advancing the communities in which

we operate

10

Sustainability at Downer

At Downer Sustainability means

Downer contributes to the UN Sustainable Development Goals

11
Sustainability Achievements

S&P Global Sustainability Yearbook Member and Industry Mover in 2021

Establishment of $1.4bn syndicated sustainability linked loan facility

Environment

Signatory to the Science Based Target Initiative (SBTi), committed to Net Zero by

2050in line with the 1.5

O

C business ambition pathway.

Increased the percentage of recycled materials in Asphalt products

Signed up to the CDP Supply Chain program

Social

Above Industry Benchmarks for safety performance LTIFR

1

0.99 & TRIFR

2

2.60

Increased number of Indigenous procurement supplier agreements

Increased Māori engagement through supplier and development programs such as

Amotaiand Māori Leadership programs (TeAra W hanake)

Maintained Gold Accreditation in Mental Health First Aid and Partnership with

Beyond Blue

Governance

Established The Downer Standard, achieved centralised third-party accreditation to

the ISO 45001 (Safety), ISO 9001 (Quality) and ISO 14001 (Environment)

Downer publishe d its inaugural Modern Slavery Statement.

1

Lost-time injury frequency rate

2

Total recordable injury frequency rate

Further investment in recovery and re-
purposing materials for road building and

maintenance (Reconomy, Repurpose It,

Reconophalt)

New infrastructure to support alternate

fuel vehicles (EV charging)

Development of smart road and rail

solutions

Construction of more climate resilient

infrastructure

Lower emissions trains and locomotives,

zero emissions buses, automated and

digitised transport systems

Energy reduction modifications on

existing transport fleets

Sustainability opportunities

TransportUtilities

Facilities

1

Asset Services

̶End-to-end hydrogen associated

infrastructure

̶Maintenance, shutdowns upgrades

of existing power generation assets

̶Carbon capture and underground

storage

Facilities

̶Smart integrated building

management systems (rooftop

solar, sensor technology)

̶Predictive maintenance solutions

̶Energy efficiency solutions

12

Network upgrades to support higher

renewable capacity (e.g. transmission

lines, substations and associated

connections)

Design, construction and maintenance of

renewable electricity generation (e.g. solar

and wind farms)

Microgrids and energy storage systems

Energy efficient wastewater treatment

facilities (e.g. biosolids gasification

technology)

Smart meter technology upgrades

Group

Sustainability linked finance

Support Mental Health in Downer and the community

Provide staff with opportunity for workplace giving

Support indigenous education and cultural awareness

Support diversity within Downer and the community

1

Asset Services will be included in the Facilities segment in FY22 (FY21: part of the EC&M segment)

Group
financials

13

Underlying financial performance
14

Revenue decline of 8.8%, primarily due to declines

in non-core revenue segments

Group Underlying EBITA margin 3.8%, up 0.7pp

Interest expense savings from reduction in debt

and improved average cost of funds

Underlying effective tax rate of 28.5%

Final dividend of 12cps declared (total dividends

for the year of 21cps)

AASB16 reported consistently in both periods

1

Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures, other alliances and other income.

2

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax. (FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax)

3

The underlying result are non-IFRS measures that are used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

4

ROFE = 12 month rolling underlying EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE); AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt (excludes lease liability) + Equity.

$mFY20

3

FY21

3

Change

(%)

Totalrevenue

1

13,417.912,234.2(8.8)

EBITDA862.0899.14.3

Depreciation and amortisation(446.0)(431.8)3.2

EBITA

2

416.0467.312.3

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles

(71.3)(66.2)7.2

EBIT344.7401.116.4

Netinterestexpense(112.0)(100.6)10.2

Profit before tax232.7300.529.1

Taxexpense(67.5)(85.6)(26.8)

Netprofitaf tertax165.2214.930.1

NPATA

2

215.1261.221.4

Underlying EBITAmargin3.1%3.8%0.7pp

Effectivetaxrate29.0%28.5%0.5pp

ROFE

4

10.2%12.1%1.9pp

Dividenddeclared(cps)14.021.050.0

Business unit performance overview
15

1

Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m after-tax. (FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax)

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

3

Consistent with 1H21, Infrastructure & Construction, previously reported in ‘Businesses in wind down’ has been reallocated toFacilities (Core) following a refocus of the business unit towards maintenance contracts

Underlying EBITA of $467.3m, up 12.3%

and Underlying EBITA margin up 0.7pp to

3.8%

Diversity of Core Urban Services portfolio

delivered growth

Transport margin recovered in 2H to 5.3%

Utilities EBITA growth and margin

improvement of 1.2pp, despite revenue

reduction from NBN roll-off

Facilities improvement in earnings and

margin reflects strong contract

performance and benefits of rightsizing

Asset Services declined due to project

deferrals

Corporate restructuring benefit offset by

increased IT security and insurance costs,

and resumption of STI

$mFY20FY21

Change

(%)

Transport235.6250.26.2

Utilities114.6115.10.4

Facilities

3

124.9140.012.1

Asset Services (EC&M)27.118.3(32.5)

Core Urban Services Businesses502.2523.64.3

Engineering & Construction (EC&M)(69.2)(5.1)92.6

Businesses in wind down(69.2)(5.1)92.6

Mining79.046.6(41.0)

Laundries (Facilities)9.15.0(45.1)

Hospitality (Facilities)(19.7)0.4>100

Businesses under review or to be sold68.452.0(24.0)

Corporate(85.4)(103.2)(20.8)

Underlying EBITA

1,2

416.0467.312.3

Items outside of underlying EBITA(386.0)(66.3)82.8

Statutory EBITA

1

30.0401.0>100

Underlying NPATA

1,2

215.1261.221.4

Statutory NPAT(155.7)183.7>100

Summary of significant items
16

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY21: $66.2m, $46.3m a fter-tax. (FY20: $71.3m, $49.9m after-tax)

2

Tax of $105.5m is calculated by adjusting underlying tax of $85.6m with $19.9m tax on amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

3

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

4

The fair value of the Downer Contingent Share Option (DCSO) has increased primarily driven by the movement in Downer’s share price from $4.30 (grant date) to $5.59 at 30 June 2021 (+30%).

5

Net result including impairment of assets to the expected recoverable value, net result from the disposal of Open Cut Mining We st, Downer Blasting Services, Underground, Snowden businesses and RTL JV, gain on plant and equipment disposed

and transaction costs (Refer to Note B3 of the Financial Report).

6

Costs related to the configuration and customisation of SaaS arrangements as a result of the Group's change in accounting policyon application of IFRS Interpretation Committee decision (refer to Note B3 of the Financial Report).

$mEBITA

1

Net

interest

expense

Tax

expense

2

NPATA

1

Deduct:

Amortisationof

acquired intangibles

(post-tax)

NPAT

Underlying

3

results467.3(100.6)(105.5)261.2(46.3)214.9

Non-cash fair value movement on the

Spotless minority acquisition Downer

Contingent Share Obligation liability

4

(16.6)--(16.6)-(16.6)

Termination of Spotless financing

arrangements

-(4.3)1.3(3.0)-(3.0)

Mining divestments (net of transaction

costs)

5

(19.5)-17.5(2.0)-(2.0)

Laundries divestment (net of transaction

costs)

(16.2)-16.50.3-0.3

SaaS Arrangements

6

(14.0)-4.1(9.9)-(9.9)

Total items outside underlying result(66.3)(4.3)39.4(31.2)-(31.2)

Statutory result401.0(104.9)(66.1)230.0(46.3)183.7

Operating cash flow
17

Core Urban Services business delivering

strong cash flows across the portfolio

Underlying EBITDA conversion of 100.8%

(statutory 92.0%) after adjusting for items

recognised in FY20 ($79.0m)

Factoring at 30 June 2021 was $63.4m

($102.2m at 30 June 2020)

1

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance

of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

2

Includes $180.6m (FY20: $151.8m) depreciation of Right-of-u se-assets (ROUA) following the

adoption of AASB 16.

3

Interest, including AASB 16 finance leases of $27.7m (FY20: $26.4m) and other costs of finance paid

less interest received.

4

FY20 balances have been restated to reflect the Group's change in accounting policy for costs

related to configuration and customisation of SaaS arrangements. Refer to Note C7 of the Financial

Report for more details

$mFY20

4

FY21

Change

(%)

Underlying

1

EBIT344.7401.116.4

Add: depreciation and amortisation

2

517.3498.0(3.7)

Underlying

1

EBITDA862.0899.14.3

Operating cash flow158.6708.7>100

Add: Net interest paid

3

103.798.6(4.9)

Add: Tax paid57.919.9(65.6)

Adjusted operating cash flow320.2827.2>100

EBITDA conversion37.1%92.0%54.9pp

Adjust for items booked in FY20FY21

Portfolio restructure and exit costs30.5

Payroll remediation costs15.7

Spotless shareholder class action32.8

Underlying

1

adjusted operating cash flow906.2

Underlying

1

EBITDA conversion100.8%

Cash flow
18

Funds from operations of $251.1m

̶Strong operating cash flow

̶Reduction in capital expenditure

driven by divestment of capital-

intensive businesses

Issuance of shares and divestments

enabled reduction in borrowings of

$540.7m

Dividends funded through robust

funds from operations

Cash balance of $811.4m and total

liquidity of $2,238.4m at year end

$mFY20

1

FY21

Change

(%)

Total operating cash flow158.6708.7>100

Payment of principal lease liabilities (Core)(126.8)(148.7)(17.3)

Payment of principal lease liabilities (Non-Core)(26.1)(45.8)(75.5)

Net Capex (Core)(113.5)(154.0)(35.7)

Net Capex (Non-Core and IT)(230.8)(102.7)55.5

Advances to JVs and Other(3.6)(6.4)(77.8)

Funds from operations(342.2)251.1>100

Dividends paid(90.7)(153.6)(69.3)

Divestments (Mining and Laundries)

2

-447.8100

Acquisitions (Spotless and Other)(29.8) (148.8)>(100)

Issue of shares, net of costs and share buyback-365.6100

Net proceeds / (repayment) of borrowings348.7(540.7)>(100)

Net (decrease) / increase in cash(114.0)221.4>100

Cash at end of period588.5811.437.9

Total liquidity1,858.52,238.420.4

1

FY20 balances have been restated to reflect the Group's change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and cust omisation of SaaS arrangements. Refer to Note C7 of the Financial Report for more details.

2

Comprised of $311.6m net proceeds from the Mining divestment and $136.2m net proceeds from the Laundries divestment. $510m ofsa les proceeds disclosed on Slide 3 includes an additional $48m of working capital benefit and excludes

transaction costs of $14m.

Capital expenditure
19

Core capital expenditure of $154m,

including growth capital projects such as:

̶Investment in new Roads facilities and

equipment

̶City Rail Link (CRL) JV share in NZ

Ongoing IT capex to modernise group

systems, enhance security and improve

operating efficiencies

$mFY20FY21

Change

(%)

Net Capital expenditure –core113.5154.035.7

Net Capital expenditure –non-core189.374.3(60.8)

IT Security and Upgrades

1

41.528.4(31.6)

Capital expenditure / IT Transformation344.3256.7(25.4)

$mFY20FY21

Change

(%)

Depreciation of PP&E - core105.5106.81.2

Depreciation of PP&E - non-core159.5117.8(26.1)

IT amortisation

2

29.226.6(8.9)

Depreciation of RouA - core131.7144.29.5

Depreciation of RouA - non-core20.136.481.1

Total depreciation & amortisation446.0431.8(3.2)

1

FY20 balances have been restated to reflect the Group's change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and cust omisation of SaaS arrangements. Refer to Note C7 of the Financial Report for more details

2

FY21 excludes $3.6m amortisation benefit in relation to the implementation of SaaS arrangements as described in Note B3 to the Financial Report

Balance sheet
20

Significant improvement in gearing

and Net debt / EBITDA due to

completed capital raising, divestments

and strong underlying cash

performance

$mJun-20

4

Jun-21

Current assets3,404.73,403.2

Non-current assets5,242.34,668.9

- Goodwill2,281.32,280.8

- Acquired intangible assets349.4267.8

- PP&E, Software and other2,019.01,573.8

- Right-of-use assets592.6546.5

Total Liabilities(6,052.0)(5,114.7)

- Lease liabilities(763.2)(662.8)

- Other liabilities(5,288.8)(4,451.9)

Net Assets2,595.02,957.4

Net Debt

1

(1,480.5)(708.2)

Gearing: net debt / net debt plus

equity

2

35.7%19.0%

Net debt / EBITDA

3

2.61.5

1

Adjusted for the marked-to-market derivatives and deferred finance charges and excludes the lease liabilities of $662.8m at 30 June 2021 ($763.2m at 30 June 2020)

2

Equity adjusted to exclude the impact on adoption of AASB 16 of $60.0m

3

On a post-AASB16 basis

4

FY20 balances have been restated to reflect the Group's change in accounting policy for costs related to configuration and cust omisation of SaaS arrangements. Refer to Note C7 of the Financial Report for more details

Group debt profile
21

Weighted average debt duration of 3.8

years

1

(3.4 years at 30 June 20)

1H21 refinancing has extended debt

duration and achieved a more balanced debt

maturity profile

Current borrowings include $250m of

Medium-Term Note maturing in March 2022,

Downer has elected to repay from existing

facilities following the successful

Sustainability Linked Loan refinanced in

2020

1

Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit).

2

Excludes lease liabilities.

Debt facilities

$m

Jun-20Dec-20Jun-21

Total limit

2

3,339.03,060.72,946.6

Drawn

2

2,069.01,733.71,519.6

Available1,270.01,327.01,427.0

Cash588.5550.4811.4

Total liquidity1,858.51,877.42,238.4

Net debt

2

1,480.51,183.3708.2

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

A$m

Syndicated bank facilitiesUSPPJPY MTNA$ MTNBilateral bank facilities

Debt maturity profile (A$m)

Pro-forma metrics and capital management
22

Net debt / EBITDA of 1.5x at 30 June 2021

Pro-forma Net debt / EBITDA of 1.6x

3

at completion of current

divestments, comfortably ahead of target range of 2.0-2.5x

On-market share buyback of up to 70.1m shares (~10% of

outstanding share capital) commenced

Targeting 60-70% dividend payout ratio of NPATA post-ROADs

moving forward

Growth capex and portfolio activities to be considered alongside

target leverage range and dividend payout ratio

Use of sale proceedsResumption of dividend payments

Final unfranked dividend of 12cps declared (total

21cps in FY21)

Represents payout of 57% of underlying FY21

NPATA (excluding ROADS dividends)

Prioritise maintenance of BBB investment grade

rating

On-market share buyback for up to 70.1m of shares

on issue

Growth capital expenditure

$mJun-21

Net debt1,371.0

EBITDA

1

899.1

Net Debt / EBITDA1.52x

EBITDA of divested businesses

2

114.7

Total pro-forma divestment proceeds

2

117.5

Pro-forma Net Debt / EBITDA1.60x

1

EBITDA includes the adoption of AASB16 -Leases

2,3

Refer to Supplementary Information for further details

Key messages
and Outlook

23

Key messages and outlook
24

The Downer business has again proved its resilience – solid earnings, strong cash conversion and high

levels of work-in-hand

Our end markets are essential services in Transport, Utilities and Facilities. Our position in those markets

and their diversity gives us strength and reliability

Our brand and our relationships are strong

We expect our core Urban Services to continue to grow in FY22 both in revenue and earnings but given

the changing nature of the pandemic and the ongoing COVID19 restrictions we will not provide specific

earnings guidance

We will have more to say at our AGM in November with four months of operations under our belt

Supplementary
information

25

0.0
1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

FY 22FY 23FY 24FY 25FY 26FY 27+

26

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin

+12.8% v FY20+6.2% v FY20(0.3)pp v FY20

5.2%

4.9%

4.0%

5.3%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

2,178.0

2,514.3

2,462.1

2,833.1

0

5 00

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

112.5

123.1

99.7

150.5

0

50

1 00

1 50

2 00

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

WIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Maintaining Waratah trains until 2044

2. Operating Yarra Trams until 2024 (Keolis Downer)

3. Maintaining HCMT until 2053

4. Maintaining Sydney Growth Trains until 2044

5. Operating Adelaide Passenger Rail Network until 2033

(Keolis Downer)

Total WIH of $16.3bn

98% government WIH

1

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government-backed / regulated projects

0.0
0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

FY 22FY 23FY 24FY 25FY 26FY 27+

27

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin

(21.6)% v FY20+0.4% v FY20+1.2pp v FY20

4.5%

4.1%

5.3%

5.6%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

1,416.1

1,271.9

1,019.7

1,086.6

0

5 00

1,000

1,500

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

63.0

51.6

54.1

61.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

WIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Sydney Water until 2030 (Confluence Water JV)

2. AusNet (power) until 2024 (plus extensions for 6 years)

3. Logan City Council until 2025 (plus 2x2yrs extensions)

4. AusNet(gas) until 2026

5. Unified Field Operations (Network) contract with NBN

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government-backed / regulated projects

Total WIH of $5.4bn

82% government WIH

1

0.0
1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

FY 22FY 23FY 24FY 25FY 26FY 27+

28

Revenue

2

$mEBITA

2

$mEBITA

2

margin

(4.3)% v FY20+12.1% v FY20+0.8pp v FY20

4.8%4.8%

5.2%

6.0%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

1,424.1

1,177.1

1,202.5

1,288.1

0

5 00

1,000

1,500

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

68.7

56.2

62.5

77.5

0

20

40

60

80

1 00

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

WIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. New Royal Adelaide Hospital PPP until 2046 (contract

reset 30 June 2022)

2. Dept of Defence Estate Maintenance and Operations

until August 2024

3. Sunshine Coast University Hospital PPP until 2042

4. Bendigo Hospital PPP until 2042

5. Orange Hospital PPP until 2036

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government-backed / regulated projects

2

Excludes Hospitality and Laundries

Total WIH of $12.3bn

91% government WIH

1

0.0
0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

FY 22FY 23FY 24FY 25FY 26FY 27+

29

Revenue $mEBITA $mEBITA margin

(25.9)% v FY20(32.5)% v FY20(0.3%) v FY20

5.5%

1.8%

4.3%

2.9%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

411.0

261.0

267.5

230.5

0

1 00

2 00

3 00

4 00

5 00

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

22.4

4.7

11.6

6.7

0

5

10

15

20

25

1 H202 H201 H212 H21

WIH profile ($bn)

Top 5 Contracts Remaining

1. Chevron infrastructure maintenance until 2024

2. BHP Maintenance services in Port Hedlanduntil2023

3. CS Energy’s Callide Power Station until 2025

4. Santos Upstream Development Services until 2026

5. BHP Olympic Dam non-hot metal shutdown until 2021

Total WIH of $1.4bn

15% government WIH

1

1

WIH Government includes direct Government and Government-backed / regulated projects

Pro-forma metrics – estimated proceeds
30

1

Otraco transaction expected to complete by December 2021

2

Represents deferred proceeds under the sale contract payable in 12 equal monthly instalments to January 2022

3

Net debt for the purposes of calculating net debt to EBITDA ratio includes lease liabilities ($662.8m at 30 June 2021).

Net debt / underlying EBITDA

$m

Net

Debt

3

EBITDA

Net debt

/ EBITDA

30 June 2021 reported1,371.0899.11.52x

Otraco

1

(79.0)(13.0)(0.07x)

Open Cut West

2

(38.5)(44.1)0.03x

Blasting-(7.7)0.01x

Underground – Carrapateena-(5.2)0.01x

Laundries-(44.7)0.09x

Proforma 30 June 20211,253.5784.41.60x

Reconciliation to segment financials
31

Underlying EBITA

1,2

($m)FY20FY21

Asset Services (EC&M)27.118.3

Engineering & Construction (EC&M)(69.2)(5.1)

EC&M Segment EBITA(42.1)13.2

Facilities (core)124.9140.0

Laundries (Facilities)9.15.0

Hospitality (Facilities)(19.7)0.4

Facilities Segment EBITA114.3145.4

1

Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisationexpense.

2

The underlying result is a non-IFRS measure that is used by Management to assess the performance of the business. Non-IFRS measures have not been subject to audit or review.

Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3
ASX Listing Rules Appendix 4G (current at 17/7/2020) Page 1

Appendix 4G

Key to Disclosures

Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

Name o f en tity

Downer EDI Limited


ABN/ARBN Fin an cial year en d ed :

97 003 872 848 30 June 2021

Our corporate governance statement

1

for the period above can be found at:

2




These pages of our

annual report:

Pages 136 to 145


This URL on our

website:


The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at 30 June 2021 and has been

approved by the board.

The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.

3


Date: 12 August 2021

Name of authorised officer

authorising lodgement:

Robert John Regan



1

“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3 which

discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during

a particular reporting period.

Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a

corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a

statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the

recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a

recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that

recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and

what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its annual

report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual report with

ASX. The corporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the purposes of

Listing Rule 4.10.3.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must also lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX. The Appendix 4G serves a dual purpose. It acts as a key designed to assist readers to locate the governance

disclosures made by a listed entity under Listing Rule 4.10.3 and under the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

recommendations. It also acts as a ve

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.